Movatterモバイル変換


[0]ホーム

URL:


WO2018002673A1 - Novel formulations of angiotensin ii receptor antagonists - Google Patents

Novel formulations of angiotensin ii receptor antagonists
Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2018002673A1
WO2018002673A1PCT/GB2017/051960GB2017051960WWO2018002673A1WO 2018002673 A1WO2018002673 A1WO 2018002673A1GB 2017051960 WGB2017051960 WGB 2017051960WWO 2018002673 A1WO2018002673 A1WO 2018002673A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
pharmaceutical composition
fraction
angiotensin
composition according
receptor antagonist
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/GB2017/051960
Other languages
French (fr)
Inventor
Peter Lawton
Huw Lyn Jones
Nazim Mohamed Kanji
Original Assignee
N4 Pharma Uk Limited
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Priority claimed from GBGB1611623.8Aexternal-prioritypatent/GB201611623D0/en
Priority claimed from GBGB1611620.4Aexternal-prioritypatent/GB201611620D0/en
Application filed by N4 Pharma Uk LimitedfiledCriticalN4 Pharma Uk Limited
Publication of WO2018002673A1publicationCriticalpatent/WO2018002673A1/en

Links

Classifications

Definitions

Landscapes

Abstract

The invention provides a pharmaceutical composition which comprises: a first fraction comprising an angiotensin II receptor antagonist; and a controlled-release fraction comprising the angiotensin II receptor antagonist.

Description

NOVEL FORMULATIONS OF ANGIOTENSIN II RECEPTOR ANTAGONISTS
CROSS REFERENCES TO RELATED APPLICATIONS
This application claims priority from United Kingdom Patent Application No. 1611620.4, filed 1 July 2016, and from United Kingdom Patent Application No. 1611623.8, filed 1 July 2016. The contents of the two priority applications are incorporated herein by reference in their entirety.
FIELD OF THE INVENTION
The present invention relates to novel forms and formulations of angiotensin II receptor antagonist compounds and to their use in medical therapy, including to their use in the treatment and/or prophylaxis of disorders associated with hypertension, either alone or in combination with other antihypertensive agents, heart failure, chronic renal failure, diabetic neuropathy and
cardiovascular diseases.
BACKGROUND TO THE INVENTION
Angiotensin II receptor antagonists are a class of pharmaceutical compounds which are useful in the treatment of hypertension (high blood pressure), diabetic nephropathy (kidney damage due to diabetes) and congestive heart failure, amongst other conditions. They block activation of angiotensin II ATI receptors, preventing angiotensin II from binding there. Angiotensin II receptor antagonists are also called angiotensin II receptor blockers (ARBs) or "sartans".
One example of an angiotensin II receptor antagonist is valsartan, i.e. 3-methyl-2-[pentanoyl- [[2'-(lH-tetrazol-5-yl)biphenyl-4-yl]methyl]amino]-butyric acid, or alternatively N-(l-oxopentyl)-N- [[2'-(lH-tetrazol-5-yl)[l, l'-biphenyl]-4-yl]methyl]-L-valine. Valsartan is described in US patent 5,399,578 for the treatment of either or both of high blood pressure and cardiac insufficiency in a human. Examples 37 and 54 of that patent describe the preparation of valsartan as a neutral crystalline product with meltin point 116-117°C. The chemical structure of valsartan is as follows:
Figure imgf000002_0001
WO 2004/87681 describes the preparation of an amorphous form of unsalted valsartan by vacuum treatment or spray drying of alcoholic solutions. WO 2004/83192 describes polymorphs of unsalted valsartan. Procedures are given for the preparation of amorphous valsartan from a variety of solvents. 11 apparently different partially crystalline forms of unsalted valsartan are also described. WO 2003/89417 also describes two polymorphs of unsalted valsartan.
US patent application 6,071,931 states that pharmaceutically acceptable salts of valsartan are typically acid addition salts and lists a number or mineral acids, carboxylic acids, and sulfonic acids. No examples of preparations and no descriptions are given. A general statement about salts with mineral bases and amines is also made, but again there are no examples of preparations and no descriptions. US patent application 6,294,197 also discusses acid addition salts of valsartan, but once more with no examples of the preparation of any such salt. WO 99/67231 discusses the nitrate salt of valsartan, but again there are no examples of the preparation of this salt. It is significant that the only nitrogen atoms in the molecular structure of valsartan are in an amide or tetrazole functional group.
WO 2002/06253 describes the preparation of sodium, potassium, magnesium, calcium diethylammonium, dipropylammonium, and dibutylammonium salts of valsartan. Crystalline hydrated disodium, dipotassium, magnesium and calcium salts, and bis-diethylammonium, bis- dipropylammonium, and bis-dibutylammonium salts are exemplified. WO 2003/66606 describes various hydrates of calcium and magnesium valsartan.
Valsartan is only available commercially as the crystalline unsalted product in numerous countries including the USA and EU. It would therefore appear to the skilled worker reviewing the art that this is the only preferred form of valsartan. Although certain other forms and salts have been described, there is technical prejudice against their use. Since unsalted valsartan is a relatively water insoluble salt, one skilled in the art would be led to conclude that alternatives with different solubility had been considered and rejected. In any event, the compounds of the present invention are not prima facie obvious over the disclosures in the art. Notwithstanding, the compounds of the present invention also exhibit unexpected technical properties and/or advantages.
The following patents describe various uses, compositions, formulations, and combinations containing valsartan. These patents are incorporated herein by reference. US Patent Nos. 6,800,668, 6,787,553, 6,784, 189, 6,784, 177, 6,780,997, 6,777,443, 6,777,435, 6,774,112, 6,770,663, 6,767,905, 6,761,903, 6,747,048, 6,730,689, 6,730,674, 6,727,271, 6,720,001, 6,713,487, 6,713,467, 6,706,720, 6,686,338, 6,677,363, 6,677,356, 6,673,931, 6,673,815, 6,673,778, 6,670,386, 6,670,380, 6,670,355, 6,669,955, 6,667,315, 6,664,230, 6,656,966, 6,653,314, 6,653,306, 6,649,622, 6,649,606, 6,645,965, 6,645,528, 6,642,252, 6,642,244, 6,638,528, 6,635,274, 6,635,273, 6,632, 180, 6,627,636, 6,624, 138, 6,620,821, 6,610,682, 6,605,612, 6,602,902, 6,596,751, 6,596,747, 6,596,745, 6,596,744, 6,595,926, 6,589,547, 6,586,004, 6,579,879, 6,576,644, 6,576,636, 6,576,256, 6,573,288, 6,570,013, 6,569,463, 6,562,849, 6,562,363, 6,555,568, 6,555,542, 6,548,529, 6,548,519, 6,545,009, 6,544,981, 6,544,968, 6,525,067, 6,521,747, 6,521,659, 6,515,117, 6,511,977, 6,511,973, 6,499,984, 6,495,581, 6,489,307, 6,486, 189, 6,485,745, 6,469,024, 6,465,502, 6,465,463, 6,458,797, 6,451,339, 6,440,991, 6,432,989, 6,420,426, 6,417,204, 6,414, 126, 6,414,002, 6,399,626, 6,399,625, 6,395,728, 6,395,300, 6,387,894, 6,383,471, 6,376,672, 6,372,917, 6,369,236, 6,369,069, 6,344,450, 6,340,772, 6,339,085, 6,335,451, 6,329,384, 6,326,379, 6,323,226, 6,316,438, 6,309,663, 6,300,356, 6,299,904, 6,297,233, 6,294, 197, 6,294, 192, 6,284,763, 6,284,277, 6,271,418, 6,271,375, 6,267,985, 6,251,926, 6,248,729, 6,248,363, 6,218,414, 6,211,217, 6,204,281, 6,201,002, 6, 197,959, 6, 187,340, 6,174,910, 6,150,356, 6, 127,370, 6,087,368, 6,071,931, 6,008,221, 5,985,915, 5,968,978, 5,889,020, 5,795,909, 5,696,116
and WO 2004/87681, WO 2004/83192, WO 2003/89417, WO 2003/66606, WO 2002/06253, WO 99/67231 are incorporated herein by reference, as also are all publications quoted in this specification. In particular, all information concerned with preparing the valsartan active moiety from readily available starting materials is incorporated in full. In addition, it should be appreciated that all information concerning the incorporation of valsartan into a formulation is herein incorporated by reference as is information on the use of such formulations in medical therapy.
Losartan i.e. 2-butyl-4-chloro-l-[(2'-tetrazol-5-yl)-biphenyl-4-yl]methyl]-5-(hydroxymethyl)- imidazole otherwise 2-butyl-4 -chloro- 1 - [p -(o - 1 H-tetrazol -5 -ylphenyl)benzyl] imidazole -5 -methanol otherwise 2-n-butyl-4-chloro-5-hydroxymethyl-l-[(2-(lH-tetrazol-5-yl)biphenyl-4- yl)methyl] imidazole may be prepared by the methods described in U.S. patent 5, 138,069, WO 93/10106, U.S. patent 5, 130,439, U.S. patent 5,206,374, and U.S. Ser. No. 07/911,813. US patent 5,153, 197 examples 89 describes a procedure for the preparation of losartan whereby an impure light yellow crystalline solid with melting point 179-180°C is prepared, and in example 316 whereby a more pure product with melting point 184-5°C is prepared. Example 316 of that patent also describes a procedure for the preparation of a potassium salt whereby a crystalline product melting above 250°C is prepared. The chemical structure of losartan is as follows:
Figure imgf000004_0001
US patent 5,608,075 example 1 describes the preparation of light yellow crystals which melted broadly. The crystals were taken up in hot acetonitrile, and the solid that did not dissolve melted at 184-5°C after drying, while a second crop with melting point 179-180°C was obtained from the mother liquors. Example 4 of the same patent specification describes the preparation of a crystalline potassium salt and also mentions, but does not describe, isolation by spray-drying.
Example 10 refers to a second polymorph of the potassium salt formed during differential scanning calorimetry. US patent 6,350,880 example 1 describes the preparation of a crystalline losartan p- toluenesulfonate tetrahydrofuran solvate melting at 118-120°C, while examples 2 and 3 describe a crystalline hydrochloride melting at 188-196°C with decomposition and a crystalline hydrobromide melting at 186-210°C with decomposition respectively.
Other than the above -described examples, there are no descriptions let alone any enabling disclosures of any other pharmaceutically acceptable forms of losartan, whether it be combinations of losartan with other acids or bases, or other amorphous forms, or polymorphs, or solvates or dispersions in carriers of losartan itself or the p-toluenesulfonate, hydrochloride, or hydrobromide salts.
Losartan as the potassium salt is described in US patent 5,608,075 as an agent useful in the treatment of hypertension. US patent 5,210,079 states that losartan and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof are useful for treating chronic renal failure, mediated by angiotensin-II.
The above-mentioned patent specifications are incorporated herein by reference.
It would therefore appear to that the only preferred salt of losartan is the crystalline potassium salt with melting point above 250°C. Although certain p-toluenesulfonate, hydrochloride, or hydrobromide salts have been disclosed, there is technical prejudice in the prior art against their use. This is supported by the fact that losartan is only commercially available as the potassium salt in numerous countries including the USA and EU. Since the potassium salt is a relatively unusual salt, one skilled in the art would be led to conclude that less unusual choices had been considered and rejected. In any event, the compounds of the present invention are not prima facie obvious over the disclosures in the art. Notwithstanding, the losartan compounds, forms and formulations of the present invention described hereinbelow may also exhibit unexpected technical properties and/or advantages.
The following patents describe various uses, compositions, formulations, and combinations containing losartan. These patents are incorporated herein by reference. Other than the examples described above, the use of a mineral acid in combination with losartan is not known in the prior art. US Patents 6,800,668, 6,794,387, 6,787,553, 6,784,189, 6,784,185, 6,784,177, 6,780,997, 6,777,443, 6,777,435, 6,774, 112, 6,773,716, 6,770,663, 6,770,645, 6,770,624, 6,767,905, 6,762, 167, 6,761,903, 6,761,895, 6,759,431, 6,758,099, 6,756,373, 6,753,011, 6,747,048, 6,730,697, 6,730,689, 6,730,674, 6,730,505, 6,730,016, 6,727,271, 6,726,920, 6,723,340, 6,719,997, 6,713,487, 6,713,467, 6,713,295, 6,710, 183, 6,710,086, 6,706,732, 6,706,723, 6,706,720, 6,706,011, 6,686,338, 6,683,080, 6,680,203, 6,677,374, 6,677,363, 6,677,356, 6,677,335, 6,673,815, 6,673,802, 6,673,778, 6,670,386, 6,670,380, 6,670,355, 6,669,955, 6,667,315, 6,664,230, 6,660,756, 6,656,966, 6,653,314, 6,653,306, 6,649,636, 6,649,622, 6,649,606, 6,645,974, 6,645,965, 6,645,528, 6,642,252, 6,642,244, 6,641,811, 6,638,528, 6,635,648, 6,635,274, 6,635,273, 6,632, 180, 6,627,636, 6,627,234, 6,624,138, 6,620,821, 6,610,682, 6,605,629, 6,605,612, 6,603,008, 6,602,902, 6,596,751, 6,596,747, 6,596,745, 6,596,744, 6,595,926, 6,593,332, 6,592,865, 6,589,938, 6,589,556, 6,589,547, 6,586,439, 6,586,391, 6,586,023, 6,586,004, 6,586,000, 6,585,995, 6,582,724, 6,579,879, 6,576,652, 6,576,644, 6,576,636, 6,576,256, 6,573,288, 6,570,013, 6,569,461, 6,562,849, 6,562,363, 6,555,568, 6,555,542, 6,548,529, 6,548,519, 6,545,009, 6,544,981, 6,544,968, 6,541,479, 6,538,144, 6,537,992, 6,531,482, 6,531,297, 6,524,552, 6,521,747, 6,521,659, 6,515,117, 6,514,939, 6,514,536, 6,511,977, 6,511,973, 6,509,317, 6,506,785, 6,503,908, 6,499,984, 6,498, 179, 6,495,581, 6,495,338, 6,491,949, 6,491,903, 6,489,307, 6,486,299, 6,486, 189, 6,486, 188, 6,475,988, 6,469,024, 6,465,463, 6,458,797, 6,455,562, 6,455,501, 6,455,500, 6,451,339, 6,444,646, 6,440,991, 6,440,982, 6,436,684, 6,433,018, 6,429,222, 6,420,426, 6,420, 150, 6,417,213, 6,417,204, 6,414, 126, 6,414,002, 6,410,007, 6,407,135, 6,403,571, 6,399,626, 6,399,625, 6,395,300, 6,387,894, 6,383,789, 6,383,500, 6,383,471, 6,376,242, 6,375,956, 6,372,917, 6,369,236, 6,369,069, 6,365,579, 6,352,721, 6,350,880, 6,348,476, 6,344,450, 6,340,772, 6,340,708, 6,339,085, 6,335,451, 6,335, 195, 6,329,384, 6,326,498, 6,326,379, 6,323,236, 6,323,226, 6,322,532, 6,316,438, 6,310,052, 6,309,375, 6,306,826, 6,300,356, 6,299,904, 6,297,233, 6,294,561, 6,294,542, 6,294, 192, 6,288,078, 6,284,763, 6,284,277, 6,274,627, 6,271,418, 6,271,375, 6,267,985, 6,264,914, 6,258,032, 6,251,926, 6,251,852, 6,251,436, 6,248,766, 6,248,729, 6,248,587, 6,239,109, 6,235,766, 6,235,731, 6,235,706, 6,228,867, 6,218,414, 6,211,224, 6,201,002, 6,200,957, 6,197,975, 6,191,156, 6,187,340, 6,183,444, 6,180,642, 6,179,809, 6,177,452, 6,172,080, 6, 165,978, 6, 162,813, 6, 159,989, 6, 159,975, 6, 156,772, 6,156,767, 6,150,522, 6, 150,356, 6, 150,352, 6, 147,088, 6,140,319, 6,139,860, 6,139,847, 6,127,370, 6,110,931, 6,110,895, 6, 103,266, 6,096,772, 6,093,748, 6,087,386, 6,087,368, 6,077,858, 6,077,847, 6,046,224, 6,025,366, 6,017,944, 6,013,630, 6,008,221, 6,004,984, 5,998,432, 5,990,092, 5,985,915, 5,985,901, 5,985,892, 5,985,856, 5,981,550, 5,981,470, 5,977,377, 5,972,990, 5,968,978, 5,962,500, 5,958,884, 5,952,305, 5,925,012, 5,916,910, 5,900,428, 5,891,465, 5,889,020, 5,883, 122, 5,869,476, 5,859,258, 5,858,990, 5,849,764, 5,849,753, 5,834,432, 5,824,696, 5,795,909, 5,795,904, 5,780,437, 5,767,310, 5,756,507, 5,736,561, 5,696,116, 5,693,812, 5,691,348, 5,688,499, 5,668, 176, 5,665,738, 5,663, 187, 5,663, 186, 5,658,936, 5,645,839, 5,643,939, 5,629,331, 5,608,075, 5,565,485, 5,559, 135, 5,550, 127, 5,538,991, 5,525,614, 5,489,686, 5,466,692, 5,464,854, 5,453,436, 5,436,259, 5,382,587, 5,350,757, 5,308,862, 5,266,583, 5,264,447, 5,246,943 are incorporated herein by reference. In particular, all information concerned with preparing the losartan active moiety from readily available starting materials is incorporated in full. In addition, it should be appreciated that all information concerning the incorporation of losartan into a formulation is herein incorporated by reference as is information on the use of such formulations in medical therapy.
Further known angiotensin II receptor antagonists include candesartan, eprosartan, irbesartan, olmesartan, telmisartan, azilsartan, fimasartan, saprisartan, tasosartan and elisartan, whose chemical structures are shown below.
Figure imgf000007_0001
telmisartan (Micardis)
Figure imgf000008_0001
Figure imgf000008_0002
Figure imgf000008_0003
elisartan Valsartan and losartan are both powerful anti-hypertensive drugs, which act at the angiotensin II receptor antagonistic site. Valsartan and Losartan were major medical advancements over previous classes of compounds such as beta blockers and ace inhibitors. During their exclusivity periods they became mega blockbusters and with other drugs of the same class - i.e. other angiotensin II receptor antagonists of the kind discussed above - they became the standard of care amongst hypertensive agents.
Hypertension as a disease causes a number of symptoms such as tiredness, and a general feeling of un-wellness such as dizziness, nausea and other symptoms which affect the quality of a patient's life, although these symptoms are of themselves not life threatening. Hypertension, however leads to more serious complications which are life threating such as stroke and heart attack. Valsartan and losartan have been shown drastically to reduce the rate of these events from occurring at all, let alone death, from these conditions.
Whilst valsartan and losartan are medically powerful drugs with major benefits over other drugs, both valsartan and losartan, and indeed other angiotensin II receptor antagonists, suffer from a short half-life, which manifests itself as causing the body to become devoid of drug in the pk plasma during the early hours after the drug has metabolized below the minimum inhibitory concentration, causing a marked increase in early morning stroke, heart attack and associated death. This phenomenon is known as the early morning deficit or nocturnal deficit problem and is associated with a marked increase in morbidity. Angiotensin II receptor antagonists, and particularly valsartan and losartan, are well tolerated and if their pk profiles could be addressed, they would make an excellent drugs having an ideal therapeutic profile giving 24 hour relief from hypertensive effects and the associated morbidity and serious clinical consequences associated with such compounds. Such an improved side effect profile would be of huge benefit in any of the known uses of angiotensin II receptor antagonists, and particularly in their use in the treatment and prevention of hypertension and associated disorders. The present invention seeks to address these and other problems with the current use of angiotensin II receptor antagonists.
SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION
The present inventors have surprisingly found a way to give rapidity, longevity and dose to dose maintenance within the therapeutic window, in order to address the early morning deficit or nocturnal deficit problem and reduce the side effect profile of angiotensin II receptor antagonists. These and other advantages are provided by the forms and formulations of angiotensin II receptor antagonists described herein, which are typically multicomponent solid dosage forms. It has in particular been found that a multicomponent tablet gives the benefit of one or more of the technical effects selected from, rapidity, longevity and dose to dose maintenance within the therapeutic window. Accordingly, the invention provides a pharmaceutical composition which comprises: a first fraction comprising an angiotensin II receptor antagonist; and a controlled-release fraction comprising the angiotensin II receptor antagonist.
The invention also provides a pharmaceutical composition of the invention, for use in a method for treatment of the human or animal body by therapy.
In another aspect, the invention provides a pharmaceutical composition of the invention, for use in a method for treatment or prophylaxis of a condition selected from hypertension, heart failure, chronic renal failure, diabetic neuropathy and a cardiovascular disease.
The invention also provides the use of a pharmaceutical composition of the invention in the manufacture of a medicament for use in the treatment or prophylaxis of a condition selected from hypertension, heart failure, chronic renal failure, diabetic neuropathy and a cardiovascular disease.
The invention also provides the use of an angiotensin II receptor antagonist in the manufacture of a pharmaceutical composition of the invention for use in the treatment or prophylaxis of a condition selected from hypertension, heart failure, chronic renal failure, diabetic neuropathy and a cardiovascular disease.
The invention also provides a method for the treatment or prophylaxis of a condition selected from hypertension, heart failure, chronic renal failure, diabetic neuropathy and a cardiovascular disease, which method comprises administering a pharmaceutical composition of the invention to a subject in need thereof.
BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE FIGURES
Fig. 1 is a table of pharmacokinetic parameters of angiotensin II receptor blockers, where metab indicates metabolite and bioavail indicates bioavailability (Sankyo Pharma Inc (US)
Benicar(®) (Olmesartan Medoxomil) [product monograph] New York: Advantage Communications; 2002; Olin BR. Drug Facts and Comparisons. St. Louis: JB Lippincott Co; 2002. pp. 514-518; Proc (Bayl Univ Med Cent). 2003 Jan; 16(1): 123-126).
Fig. 2 shows the dissolution profile in pH 6.8 buffer of the sustained-release core development formulation no. 17CF08/001 comprising valsartan, as described in Example 54.
Fig. 3 shows the dissolution profile in pH 6.8 buffer of the sustained-release core development formulation no. 17CF08/002 comprising valsartan, as described in Example 54.
Fig. 4 shows the dissolution profile in pH 6.8 buffer of the sustained-release core development formulation no. 17CF08/003 comprising valsartan, as described in Example 54.
Fig. 5 shows the dissolution profile in pH 6.8 buffer of the immediate-release development formulation no. 17CF08/004 comprising valsartan, as described in Example 54.
Figs. 6(a) and 6(b) show PK profile and impact on systolic blood pressure (SBP) and diastolic blood pressure (DBP) after administration of 160 mg IR single dose of valsartan, as described in Example 55. Fig. 6(a) shows the plasma (black) and biophase (grey) concentration of a 160mg dose together with the IC50 value (grey horizontal line). Fig. 6(b) shows the effect of a 160mg dose on SBP (dark-grey) and DBP (light-grey) together with baseline value (dashed lines).
Fig. 7 is a heat-map showing the % reduction in either SBP or DBP immediately prior to the next dose after 14 days of dosing for varying amounts of the MR product with varying durations of zero-order release (total dose = 160 mg), as described in Example 55.
Fig. 8 is a heat-map showing the minimum to maximum ratio for reduction in either SBP or DBP immediately within the dosing interval after 14 days of dosing for varying amounts of the MR product with varying durations of zero-order release (total dose = 160 mg), as described in Example 55.
Fig. 9 is a heat-map showing the proportion of time valsartan plasma concentration are above the IC50 within the dosing interval after 14 days of dosing for varying amounts of the MR product with varying durations of zero-order release (total dose = 160 mg), as described in Example 55.
Fig. 10 presents three plots on the left hand side which show the plasma (black) and biophase (grey) concentration time profiles on day 14 of once daily dosing for three different release rates of the MR product for varying combinations of IR+MR doses, as described in Example 55. In each left- hand plot: 160mg IR+Omg MR (solid line), 120mg IR+40mg MR (dashed-dotted line), 80mg IR+80mg MR (dotted line), 40mg IR + 120mg MR (dashed line), and the in vivo IC50 (solid grey horizontal line) are plotted. The three plots on the right hand side show the corresponding effects on the percentage change in SBP/DBP.
Fig. 11 presents three plots on the left hand side which show the plasma (black) and biophase (grey) concentration time profiles for a single dose with three different release rates of the MR product and for varying combinations of IR+MR doses, as described in Example 55. In each left-hand plot: 160mg IR+Omg MR (solid), 120mg IR+40mg MR (dashed-dotted line), 80mg IR+80mg MR (dotted line), 40mg IR + 120mg MR (dashed line) and the in vivo IC50 (solid grey horizontal line) are plotted. The three plots on the right hand side show the relationship between different biophase profiles and percentage change in SBP/DBP.
Fig. 12 presents two plots on the left hand side showing the plasma (black) and biophase (grey) concentration time profiles on day 1 and day 14 of once daily dosing for a fixed dose combination of 30mg IR + 130mg MR with varying release rates of the MR product. In each left hand plot: 12 hours (dotted line), 10 hours (dashed line), 8 hours (dashed-dotted line), the 160mg IR product for comparison (solid line), and the in vivo IC50 (solid grey horizontal line) are plotted. The two plots on the right hand side show the relationship between different biophase profiles and percentage change in SBP/DBP.
Fig. 13 top panel shows the plasma (black) and biophase (grey) concentration time profiles over 14 days for 160mg IR product (solid lines) and 30mg IR + 130mg MR: 12 hour release (dotted lines) together with in vivo IC50 (solid grey horizontal line). The bottom panel shows the corresponding effect on the percentage change in SBP/DBP. 15 Fig. 14 presents two plots on the left panel showing the plasma (black) and biophase (grey) concentration time profiles on day 1 and day 14 of a once daily schedule for 160mg IR product (solid lines) and 30mg IR + 130mg MR: 12 hour release (dotted lines) together with in vivo IC50 (solid horizontal grey line). The two right hand panels show the corresponding effects on the percentage changes in SBP/DBP.
Fig. 15 presents two plots on the left panel showing the plasma (black) and biophase (grey) concentration time profiles on day 1 and day 14 of a once daily schedule for 160mg IR product (solid lines) and 30mg IR + 130mg MR: 24 hour release / extreme release (dotted lines) together with in vivo IC50 (solid green line). The two right hand panels show the corresponding effects on the percentage changes in SBP/DBP.
Fig. 16 is a heat-map showing the % reduction in either SBP or DBP immediately prior to the next dose after 14 days of dosing for varying amounts of the MR product with varying durations of zero-order release (total dose = 320 mg).
Fig. 17 is a heat-map showing the minimum to maximum ratio for reduction in either SBP or DBP immediately within the dosing interval after 14 days of dosing for varying amounts of the MR product with varying durations of zero-order release (total dose = 320 mg).
Fig. 18 is a heat-map showing the proportion of time valsartan plasma concentration is above the IC50 within the dosing interval after 14 days of dosing for varying amounts of the MR product with varying durations of zero-order release (total dose = 320 mg).
Fig. 19 presents three plots on the left hand side showing the plasma (black) and biophase (grey) concentration time profiles on day 14 of once daily dosing for three different release rates of the MR product for varying combinations of IR+MR doses, as described in Example 55. In each left- hand plot: 320mg IR+Omg MR (solid), 240mg IR+80mg MR (dashed-dotted line), 160mg IR+160mg MR (dotted line), 80mg IR + 240mg MR (dashed line) and in vivo IC50 (solid horizontal grey line) are plotted. The three plots on the right hand side show the relationship between different biophase profiles and percentage change in SBP/DBP.
Fig. 20 presents three plots on the left hand side showing the plasma (black) and biophase (grey) concentration time profiles for a single dose with three different release rates of the MR product and for varying combinations of IR+MR doses, as described in Example 55. In each left-hand plot: 320mg IR+Omg MR (solid), 260mg IR+60mg MR (long dashed line - - ), 200mg IR+120mg MR (dashed-dotted line), 140mg IR + 180mg MR (short dashed line --), 80mg IR + 240mg MR (dotted line) and the in vivo IC50 (solid grey horizontal line) are plotted. The three plots on the right hand side show the relationship between different biophase profiles and percentage change in SBP/DBP.
Fig. 21 presents two plots on the left hand side showing the plasma (black) and biophase (grey) concentration time profiles on day 1 day 14 of once daily dosing for a fixed dose combination of 30mg IR + 290mg MR with varying release rates of the MR product, as described in Example 55. In each left-hand plot: 12 hours (dashed line), 10 hours (dotted line), 8 hours (dashed-dotted line), the 320mg IR product (solid line) for comparison, and the in vivo IC50 (solid grey horizontal line) are plotted. The two plots on the right hand side show the relationship between different biophase profiles and percentage change in SBP/DBP.
Fig. 22 top panel shows the plasma (black) and biophase (grey) concentration time profiles over 14 days for 320mg IR product (solid lines) and 30mg IR + 290 mg MR: 12 hour release (dotted lines) together with in vivo IC50 (solid grey horizontal line). The bottom panel shows the
corresponding effect on the percentage change in SBP/DBP.
Fig. 23 presents two plots on the left panel showing the plasma (black) and biophase (grey) concentration time profiles on day 1 and day 14 of a once daily schedule for 320mg IR product (solid lines) and 30mg IR + 290mg MR: 12 hour release (dotted lines) together with in vivo IC50 (solid grey horizontal line). The two plots on the right hand side show the corresponding effect on the percentage change in SBP/DBP.
Fig. 24 presents two plots on the left hand side showing the plasma (black) and biophase (grey) concentration time profiles on day 1 and day 14 of a once daily schedule for 320mg IR product (solid lines) and 30mg IR + 290mg MR: 24 hour release / 'extreme release' (dotted lines) together with in vivo IC50 (solid grey horizontal line). The two plots on the right hand side show the corresponding effects on the percentage changes in SBP/DBP.
Fig. 25 presents two plots on the left hand side which show the plasma (black) and biophase (grey) concentration time profiles on day 1 and day 14 of once daily dosing for a fixed dose combination of 30mg IR + 450mg MR with varying release rates of the MR product. In each left-hand plot: 12 hours (dashed line), 10 hours (dotted line), 8 hours (dashed-dotted line), the 480mg IR product for comparison (solid line) and the in vivo IC50 (solid grey horizontal line) are plotted. The two plots on the right hand side show the relationship between different biophase profiles and percentage change in SBP/DBP.
Fig. 26 top panel shows the plasma (black) and biophase (grey) concentration time profiles over 14 days for 480mg IR product (solid lines) and 30mg IR + 450mg MR: 12 hour release (dotted lines) together with in vivo IC50 (solid grey horizontal line). The bottom panel shows the
corresponding effect on the percentage change in SBP/DBP.
Fig. 27 presents two plots on the left hand side showing the plasma (black) and biophase (grey) concentration time profiles on day 1 and day 14 of a once daily schedule for 480mg IR product (solid lines) and 30mg IR + 450mg MR: 12 hour release (dotted lines) together with in vivo IC50 (solid grey horizontal line). The two plots on the right hand side show the corresponding effect on the percentage change in SBP/DBP.
Fig. 28 presents two plots on the left hand side showing the plasma (black) and biophase (grey) concentration time profiles on day 1 and day 14 of once daily dosing for a fixed dose combination of 30mg IR + 610mg MR with varying release rates of the MR product. In each left-hand plot: 12 hours (dashed line), 10 hours (dotted line), 8 hours (dashed-dotted line), the 640mg IR product for comparison (solid line) and the in vivo IC50 (solid grey horizontal line) are plotted. The two plots on the right hand side show the relationship between different biophase profiles and percentage change in SBP/DBP.
Fig. 29 top panel shows the plasma (black) and biophase (grey) concentration time profiles over 14 days for 640mg IR product (solid lines) and 30mg IR + 610mg MR: 12 hour release (dotted lines) together with the in vivo IC50 (solid grey horizontal line). The bottom panel shows the corresponding effect on the percentage change in SBP/DBP.
Fig. 30 presents two plots on the left hand side showing the plasma (black) and biophase (grey) concentration time profiles on day 1 and day 14 of a once daily schedule for 640mg IR product (solid lines) and 30mg IR + 610mg MR: 12 hour release (dotted lines) together with in vivo IC50 (solid grey horizontal line). The two plots on the right hand side show the corresponding effect on the percentage change in SBP/DBP.
DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF THE INVENTION
Information on how to make and use the invention is provided herein. The references mentioned herein are also incorporated herewith. The pharmacological test methods are also incorporated.
The invention provides multicomponent pharmaceutical compositions that provide rapidity, longevity and dose to dose maintenance within the therapeutic window, in order to address the early morning deficit or nocturnal deficit problem and reduce the side effect profile of angiotensin II receptor antagonists. The compositions, which are typically multicomponent solid dosage forms (e.g. multicomponent tablets or capsules) give the benefit of one or more, typically two or three, of the technical effects selected from longevity, rapidity and dose to dose maintenance within the therapeutic window.
In terms of dose to dose maintenance within the therapeutic window, when administering a conventional swallow tablet from which the active moiety is absorbed into the bloodstream, there is usually a minimum blood plasma concentration which is required to achieve a therapeutic effect. As the blood plasma level increases, so does the therapeutic effect in a dose-related manner until a maximal therapeutic effect has been achieved. However, when drug blood plasma levels exceed a certain concentration, undesired side -effects become apparent. When drug blood plasma levels drop below a certain concentration there is little or no therapeutic benefit. Drug blood plasma
concentrations between these two levels are often referred to as the "therapeutic window". The term "therapeutic window" as used herein is defined accordingly, i.e. as the range of drug plasma concentrations that provide efficacy without unacceptable side effects. Hence, blood plasma levels outside the therapeutic window are associated with either a lack of efficacy or unacceptable side- effects. For example, as discussed above, valsartan and losartan, and indeed other angiotensin II receptor antagonists, suffer from a short half-life, which manifests itself as causing the body to become devoid of drug in the pk plasma during the early hours after the drug has metabolized below the minimum inhibitory concentration, causing a marked increase in early morning stroke, heart attack and associated death. Thus the drug falls well outside of the therapeutic window early on in the dosing interval - the early morning deficit or nocturnal deficit problem - and this is associated with a marked increase in morbidity. Therefore, addressing the pk profiles of angiotensin II receptor antagonists, in accordance with the present invention, so that they are maintained in the therapeutic window from dose to dose, makes the angiotensin II receptor antagonists excellent drugs having an ideal therapeutic profile giving 24 hour relief from hypertensive effects and the associated morbidity and serious clinical consequences.
Accordingly, in a preferred embodiment of the present invention the pharmaceutical composition - which is typically a unit dosage form - is adapted to ensure maintenance of the angiotensin II receptor antagonist within the therapeutic window from dose to dose. The term "from dose to dose" herein, refers to the dosing interval. In once daily (OD) dosing the dosing interval is 24 hours and therefore maintaining the angiotensin II receptor antagonist within the therapeutic window from dose to dose in that case means maintaining the angiotensin II receptor antagonist in the therapeutic window until the next dose which is 24 hours after administration of the pharmaceutical composition to the subject.
The pharmaceutical composition of the invention comprises a first fraction comprising an angiotensin II receptor antagonist; and a controlled-release fraction comprising the angiotensin II receptor antagonist. The angiotensin II receptor antagonists in the two fractions are generally the same one, e.g. both valsartan or both losartan, as opposed to losartan in one fraction and valsartan in the other. However, the angiotensin II receptor antagonist may be in different forms in the first fraction and the controlled-release fraction. For instance, the angiotensin II receptor antagonist in the first fraction may be in an amorphous form and the angiotensin II receptor antagonist in the controlled- release fraction may be in a crystalline form, or vice versa, and/or the angiotensin II receptor antagonist in the first fraction may be in the form or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, or in the form of a co-crystal, whereas the angiotensin II receptor antagonist in the controlled-release fraction may be in the free form. Various particular different forms of valsartan and losartan, which can be employed in the first fraction or the controlled-release fraction or both, are discussed in detail hereinbelow.
The term "pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof refers to salts which are physically, chemically and physiologically acceptable for either human or veterinary use. Generally, a pharmaceutically acceptable salt is a salt with a pharmaceutically acceptable acid or base.
Pharmaceutically acceptable acids include both inorganic acids such as hydrochloric, sulphuric, phosphoric, diphosphoric, hydrobromic or nitric acid and organic acids such as citric, fumaric, maleic, malic, ascorbic, succinic, tartaric, benzoic, acetic, methanesulphonic, ethanesulphonic, benzenesulphonic or p-toluenesulphonic acid. Pharmaceutically acceptable bases include alkali metal (e.g. sodium or potassium) and alkali earth metal (e.g. calcium or magnesium) hydroxides and organic bases such as alkyl amines, aralkyl amines and heterocyclic amines.
It should also be understood that "angiotensin II receptor antagonist or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof includes solutions, amorphous forms, and crystalline forms of the angiotensin II receptor antagonist including solvates, hydrates, co-crystals and polymorphs.
The pharmaceutical composition of the invention may further comprise other fractions or components in addition to the first fraction and the controlled-release fraction. For example, in cases where the first fraction is a rapid release fraction, the pharmaceutical composition of the invention may further comprise a third fraction which is neither a rapid release fraction nor a controlled-release fraction but a conventional release component.
The controlled-release fraction is generally suitable for causing delayed or prolonged release of the angiotensin II receptor antagonist from the controlled-release fraction after administration of the composition to a subject.
The term "delayed release", in the context of controlled release or modified release in the context of this specification, is understood to indicate a formulation that is designed to retard the initial release of drug from the dosage form by a pre-determined interval of time. Delayed release may for instance be understood to mean retardation of release, when compared to a currently approved product. The term "prolonged release", in the context of controlled release or modified release in the context of this specification, may be understood to indicate a formulation that is designed to maintain the release of drug over a period of time that is substantially greater than is achieved in the currently marketed formulation.
Typically, the controlled-release fraction in the pharmaceutical composition of the invention is adapted to provide longevity of action of the angiotensin II receptor antagonist from dose to dose by causing delayed or prolonged release of the angiotensin II receptor antagonist from the controlled- release fraction after administration of the composition to a subject.
Often, prolonged release is employed, and therefore the controlled-release fraction is suitable for causing prolonged release of the angiotensin II receptor antagonist from the controlled-release fraction after administration of the composition to a subject. The controlled-release fraction may be adapted to provide longevity of action of the angiotensin II receptor antagonist from dose to dose by causing prolonged release of the angiotensin II receptor antagonist from the controlled-release fraction after administration of the composition to a subject.
The controlled-release fraction is typically adapted to release the angiotensin II receptor antagonist from the controlled-release fraction in vivo over a period of x hours from the time of administration of the composition to a subject. Generally, in this embodiment, all of the angiotensin II receptor antagonist is released from the controlled-release fraction over the defined period. Typically, x is at least 8, so that it takes at least 8 hours for all of the angiotensin II receptor antagonist to be released from the controlled-release fraction. However, x may be at least 9, or, for instance, at least 10, so that it takes at least 8 hours for all of the angiotensin II receptor antagonist to be released from the controlled-release fraction, x may for instance be from 8 to 24, so that it takes from 8 to 24 hours for all of the angiotensin II receptor antagonist to be released from the controlled-release fraction, x may for instance be from 9 to 24, or from 10 to 24. Often, x is at least 12, so that it takes at least 12 hours for all of the angiotensin II receptor antagonist to be released from the controlled-release fraction, x may for instance be at least 15, for example at least 17, at least 18, or at least 20. x may for instance be from 12 to 24, or from 15 to 24, or for instance from 17 to 24, or from 20 to 24.
The controlled-release fraction is usually adapted to ensure maintenance of the angiotensin II receptor antagonist within the therapeutic window from dose to dose, or at least for a certain, preferably high, proportion of the time during the dosing interval.
Thus, in the pharmaceutical composition of the invention, the controlled-release fraction is often adapted to ensure maintenance of the angiotensin II receptor antagonist within the therapeutic window for a certain percentage - y % - of the time during the dosing interval. The dosing interval may be defined as, say, z hours beginning with administration of the composition to a subject. When the pharmaceutical composition is a unit dosage form suitable for once daily (OD) dosing, z is generally 24, i.e. the dosing interval is 24 hours. Accordingly, z is typically from 20 to 28, for instance about 24. Often, z is 24. However, other dosing frequencies may of course be employed, depending on the drug, patient and condition being treated, and z may therefore have other values. Thus, z may for instance be 6, 8 or 12, or even 48. Thus, z may be from 6 to 48, but is typically from 12 to 36, for instance from 20 to 28. Often, z is 24.
Typically, y is at least 50, such that the angiotensin II receptor antagonist is maintained within the therapeutic window for at least 50% of the time during the dosing interval. It is of course preferred, however, that y is greater than 50. Preferably, for instance, y is at least 60, and more preferably at least 70, for instance at least 75. Typically, y is at least 80, for instance at least 85. Often, y is at least 90, and is preferably at least 95. y may for instance be 100, such that the angiotensin II receptor antagonist is maintained within the therapeutic window throughout the dosing interval, i.e. from dose to dose.
Typically, z is 24 and y is at least 50. More preferably, z is 24 and y is at least 60, and more preferably at least 70, for instance at least 75. Typically, z is 24 and y is at least 80, for instance at least 85. Often, z is 24 and y is at least 90, and is preferably at least 95. In some cases, z is 24 and y is 100.
In the compositions of the present invention, the controlled-release fraction is usually adapted to maintain the angiotensin II receptor antagonist at or above a drug plasma level, 1, in a subject for a certain percentage (q %) of the time during the dosing interval. The dosing interval may in this case be defined as t hours beginning with administration of the composition to the subject. The term "drug plasma level of the angiotensin II receptor antagonist" refers to the plasma concentration of the active form of the angiotensin II receptor antagonist. This is often the angiotensin II receptor antagonist compound as administered to the subject, but it may be an active metabolite thereof.
The drug plasma level, 1, of the angiotensin II receptor antagonist, at or above which the controlled-release fraction is adapted to maintain the angiotensin II receptor antagonist for q % of the time during the dosing interval, may be any drug plasma level within the therapeutic window.
Alternatively, it may be the plasma concentration required for obtaining 50% of a maximum therapeutic effect in vivo. This is known as the IC50, and as the skilled person will appreciate, an IC50 value is specific to a particular drug and to the therapeutic effect that is desired and therefore the condition being treated by the drug. For instance, as explained in Example 55 herein, the IC50 for valsartan in connection with the treatment of hypertension is 1.2 mg/L, this being the plasma concentration of valsartan required for obtaining 50% of a maximum reduction in blood pressure in vivo obtainable by valsartan.
Typically, therefore, the drug plasma level, 1, of the angiotensin II receptor antagonist, at or above which the controlled-release fraction is adapted to maintain the angiotensin II receptor antagonist for q % of the time during the dosing interval, is the plasma concentration (IC50) required for obtaining 50% of a maximum therapeutic effect in vivo.
The drug plasma level, 1, may for instance be the plasma concentration (IC50) required for obtaining 50% of a maximum reduction in blood pressure in vivo. This is generally the plasma concentration required for obtaining 50% of a maximum reduction in blood pressure in vivo that is obtainable by the angiotensin II receptor antagonist in question.
The drug plasma level, 1, may for instance be 1.2 mg/L. As mentioned above, this is the IC50 for valsartan: the plasma concentration of valsartan required for obtaining 50% of a maximum reduction in blood pressure in vivo. Typically, therefore, in this embodiment, the angiotensin II receptor antagonist is valsartan.
Alternatively, the drug plasma level, 1, may be 0.5 mg/L. It may for instance be 0.8 mg/L, for instance 1.0 mg/L, or for example 1.4 mg/L. The drug plasma level, 1, may for instance be 1.8 mg/L, or, for instance 2.0 mg/L.
The pharmaceutical composition is often a unit dosage form suitable for once daily (OD) dosing. Thus, t is generally 24, i.e. the dosing interval is 24 hours. Accordingly, t is typically from 20 to 28, for instance about 24. Often, t is 24. However, other dosing frequencies may of course be employed, depending on the drug, patient and condition being treated, and t may therefore have other values. Thus, t may for instance be 6, 8 or 12, or even 48. Thus, t may be from 6 to 48, but is typically from 12 to 36, for instance from 20 to 28. Often, t is 24.
Typically, q is at least 40, such that the angiotensin II receptor antagonist is maintained at or above the drug plasma level, 1, for at least 40% of the time during the dosing interval. It is of course preferred, however, that q is greater than 40. Preferably, for instance, q is at least 45, and more preferably at least 50, for instance at least 60. Typically, q is at least 65, for instance at least 70. Often, q is at least 75. Typically, q is at least 80, for instance at least 85. Often, q is at least 90, and is preferably at least 95. q may for instance be 100, such that the angiotensin II receptor antagonist is maintained at or above the drug plasma level, 1, throughout the dosing interval, i.e. from dose to dose.
Typically, t is 24 and q is at least 45. More preferably, t is 24 and q is at least 50, and more preferably at least 60, for instance at least 65, at least 70, or for instance at least 75. Typically, t is 24 and q is at least 80, for instance at least 85. Often, t is 24 and q is at least 90, and is preferably at least 95. In some cases, t is 24 and q is 100.
Typically, in the pharmaceutical composition of the invention, the first fraction is a rapid release fraction. Thus, the first fraction is usually adapted to provide rapid release of the angiotensin II receptor antagonist into the bloodstream to provide fast onset of action. As discussed below, rapid release may be achieved by a formulation of the angiotensin II receptor antagonist comprising a rapidly dispersing wafer containing the angiotensin II receptor antagonist or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof which is placed on the tongue and dissolves in the mouth, for example within the buccal fluids. Suitably the wafer is dispersed and/or dissolved over a period of about 1 to 60 seconds, preferably about 1 to 30 seconds, most preferably about 1 to 10 seconds.
Alternatively, however, the first fraction may be a conventional formulation of an angiotensin II receptor antagonist, i.e. neither adapted for rapid release nor delayed or prolonged release. Usually, however, it is adapted for rapid release of the angiotensin II receptor antagonist.
Usually, the pharmaceutical composition of the invention is a dosage form, for instance a unit dosage form. The dosage form is typically a solid dosage form. It is typically an oral dosage form, for instance a tablet or capsule. It is often a tablet.
The oral dosage form, which is typically a tablet, often comprises an outer layer which comprises the first fraction, which outer layer is disposed on all or part of the surface of the controlled-release fraction.
The oral dosage form, typically a tablet, often comprises an outer layer which comprises the first fraction, and an inner region. The inner region is generally completely within the outer layer, and comprises the controlled-release fraction.
Thus, the oral dosage form may have a core-shell structure wherein the controlled-release fraction defines a core and the first fraction is disposed on the surface of the core to form a shell which surrounds the core.
The oral dosage form may advantageously further comprise a coating for delaying exposure of the angiotensin II receptor antagonist in the controlled-release fraction to the buccal, gastric, or intestinal fluids. Such a coating, which may be an enteric coating, is discussed in further detail hereinbelow. The coating for delaying exposure of the angiotensin II receptor antagonist is typically disposed on the surface of the controlled-release fraction. It may then delay release of the angiotensin II receptor antagonist from the controlled-release fraction but not adversely affect rapid release of the angiotensin II receptor antagonist from the first fraction. The coating may advantageously therefore be disposed between the first fraction and the controlled-release fraction, in a core shell structure wherein the controlled-release fraction defines a core and the first fraction is a shell disposed around that core. In such a core-shell structure, the coating may advantageously be disposed between the core and the shell.
In the pharmaceutical composition of the invention, the ratio of the mass of the angiotensin II receptor antagonist in the controlled-release fraction to the mass of the angiotensin II receptor antagonist in the first fraction is typically from 98:2 to 60:40. Thus, typically, the first fraction comprises from 2% to 40% by mass of the total amount of the angiotensin II receptor antagonist in the first fraction and the controlled-release fraction, and the controlled-release fraction comprises from 98% to 60% by mass of the total amount of the angiotensin II receptor antagonist in the first fraction and the controlled-release fraction.
The mass here refers to the mass of the angiotensin II receptor antagonist in the free form, irrespective of whether the angiotensin II receptor antagonist is present in the composition in salt form, co-crystal form, or indeed the free form. This is to allow for the possibility that the antagonist may be present in different forms in the first fraction and the controlled-release fraction, for instance it may be present in the free form in one fraction and in a salt form in the other fraction. Thus, masses are quoted on a "free form" basis.
Indeed, except where specified otherwise, all doses and masses of angiotensin II receptor antagonists are cited on a "free form" basis. Thus, for example, if the angiotensin II receptor antagonist is in the free form (as opposed to a salt form or in the form of a co-crystal), reference to "80mg" of the angiotensin II receptor antagonist, as used herein, means 80mg of the angiotensin II receptor antagonist in the said free form. If on the other hand the angiotensin II receptor antagonist is in the form of a salt or cocrystal, reference to "80mg" of the angiotensin II receptor antagonist, as used herein, does not mean 80mg of that salt or cocrystal; rather, it refers to the particular amount of that salt that would provide 80mg of the angiotensin II receptor antagonist in the free form. In other words, it refers to the mass of the salt or co-crystal of the angiotensin II receptor antagonist which is the molar equivalent of 80mg of the angiotensin II receptor antagonist in the free form.
Thus, in the pharmaceutical composition of the invention, the ratio of the number of moles of the angiotensin II receptor antagonist in the controlled-release fraction to the number of moles of the angiotensin II receptor antagonist in the first fraction is typically from 98:2 to 60:40. Thus, typically, the first fraction comprises from 2 mol. % to 40 mol. % of the total amount of the angiotensin II receptor antagonist in the first fraction and the controlled-release fraction, and the controlled-release fraction comprises from 98 mol. % to 60 mol. % by mass of the total amount of the angiotensin II receptor antagonist in the first fraction and the controlled-release fraction.
The total amount of the angiotensin II receptor antagonist in the first fraction and the controlled-release fraction typically corresponds to the total amount of the angiotensin II receptor antagonist in the pharmaceutical composition itself. In other words, the first fraction and the controlled-release fraction are typically the only fractions in the composition that comprise the angiotensin II receptor antagonist. Generally, therefore, the terms "total amount of the angiotensin II receptor antagonist in the first fraction and the controlled-release fraction" and "total mass of the angiotensin II receptor antagonist in the first fraction and the controlled-release fraction", as used herein, are interchangeable with the terms "total amount of the angiotensin II receptor antagonist in the pharmaceutical composition" and "total mass of the angiotensin II receptor antagonist in the pharmaceutical composition" respectively.
Typically, the ratio of the mass of the angiotensin II receptor antagonist in the controlled- release fraction to the mass of the angiotensin II receptor antagonist in the first fraction is from 96:4 to 70:30. Usually, therefore, the ratio of the number of moles of the angiotensin II receptor antagonist in the controlled-release fraction to the number of moles of the angiotensin II receptor antagonist in the first fraction is from 96:4 to 70:30.
The ratio of the mass of the angiotensin II receptor antagonist in the controlled-release fraction to the mass of the angiotensin II receptor antagonist in the first fraction may for instance be from 96:4 to 80:20. Likewise, the ratio of the number of moles of the angiotensin II receptor antagonist in the controlled-release fraction to the number of moles of the angiotensin II receptor antagonist in the first fraction may be from 96:4 to 80:20.
In the pharmaceutical composition of the invention, the total mass of the angiotensin II receptor antagonist in the first fraction and the controlled-release fraction is typically from 50 mg to 700 mg.
Examples of the total masses of the angiotensin II receptor antagonist that are commonly employed in the composition of the invention (in the first fraction and the controlled-release fraction thereof) include 80 mg, 160 mg, 240 mg, 320 mg, 400 mg, 480 mg, 560 mg and 640 mg. Usually, these total masses of angiotensin II receptor antagonist are distributed between the first fraction and the controlled-release fraction in accordance with the ratios defined above. Thus, in a composition comprising 80 mg, 160 mg, 240 mg, 320 mg, 400 mg, 480 mg, 560 mg or 640 mg of the angiotensin II receptor antagonist in total, the ratio of the mass of the angiotensin II receptor antagonist in the controlled-release fraction to the mass of the angiotensin II receptor antagonist in the first fraction is typically from 98:2 to 60:40. It is often from 96:4 to 70:30, and may for instance be from 96:4 to 80:20.
Accordingly, in the pharmaceutical composition of the invention, the total mass of the angiotensin II receptor antagonist in the first fraction and the controlled-release fraction is typically from 80 mg to 640 mg, for instance from 160 mg to 640 mg. This typically also corresponds to the total mass of the angiotensin II receptor antagonist in the pharmaceutical composition itself. Often, in these embodiments, the ratio of the mass of the angiotensin II receptor antagonist in the controlled- release fraction to the mass of the angiotensin II receptor antagonist in the first fraction is typically from 98:2 to 60:40. It is often from 96:4 to 70:30, and may for instance be from 96:4 to 80:20. Often, from 5 mg to 50 mg, for instance from 10 mg to 40 mg, or from 20 mg to 50 mg, of the angiotensin II receptor antagonist is employed in the first fraction and the remainder of the total mass of the angiotensin II receptor antagonist is employed in the controlled-release fraction. For instance, from 20 mg to 40 mg, from 25 mg to 30 mg, or for instance from 28 mg to 32 mg, of the angiotensin II receptor antagonist may be employed in the first fraction and the remainder of the total mass of the angiotensin II receptor antagonist is employed in the controlled-release fraction.
Often, in the pharmaceutical composition of the invention, the total mass of the angiotensin II receptor antagonist in the first fraction and the controlled-release fraction is 80 mg, 160 mg, 240 mg, 320 mg, 400 mg, 480 mg, 560 mg or 640 mg. This typically also corresponds to the total mass of the angiotensin II receptor antagonist in the pharmaceutical composition itself. Often, in these embodiments, the ratio of the mass of the angiotensin II receptor antagonist in the controlled-release fraction to the mass of the angiotensin II receptor antagonist in the first fraction is from 98:2 to 60:40. It is typically for instance from 96:4 to 70:30, and may for instance be from 96:4 to 80:20. Often, from 5 mg to 50 mg, for instance from 10 mg to 40 mg, or from 20 mg to 50 mg, of the angiotensin II receptor antagonist is employed in the first fraction and the remainder of the total mass of the angiotensin II receptor antagonist is employed in the controlled-release fraction. For instance, from 20 mg to 40 mg, from 25 mg to 30 mg, or for instance from 28 mg to 32 mg, of the angiotensin II receptor antagonist may be employed in the first fraction and the remainder of the total mass of the angiotensin II receptor antagonist is employed in the controlled-release fraction.
For instance, in the pharmaceutical composition of the invention, the total mass of the angiotensin II receptor antagonist in the first fraction and the controlled-release fraction may be about 160 mg, the first fraction may comprise from 10 mg to 50 mg of the angiotensin II receptor antagonist, and the controlled-release fraction may comprise the remainder of the angiotensin II receptor antagonist. The first fraction may for instance comprise from 10 mg to 40 mg of the angiotensin II receptor antagonist, and the controlled-release fraction may comprise the remainder of the angiotensin II receptor antagonist.
Often, in the pharmaceutical compositions of the invention, the mass of the angiotensin II receptor antagonist in the first fraction is from 10 mg to 50 mg, for instance from 20 mg to 40 mg, or for example from 25 mg to 30 mg. It may for instance be from 28 mg to 32 mg, i.e. about 30 mg. The remainder is typically in the controlled-release fraction and the total amount of the angiotensin II receptor antagonist in the composition may be anywhere as defined above, for instance from 80 mg to 640 mg, e.g. any of 80 mg, 160 mg, 240 mg, 320 mg, 400 mg, 480 mg, 560 mg and 640 mg. Often, in the pharmaceutical compositions of the invention, the ratio of the mass of the angiotensin II receptor antagonist in the controlled-release fraction to the mass of the angiotensin II receptor antagonist in the first fraction is from 98:2 to 60:40, preferably from 96:4 to 70:30, for instance from 96:4 to 80:20, and the total mass of the angiotensin II receptor antagonist in the first fraction and the controlled-release fraction (which is typically the same as the total mass of the angiotensin II receptor antagonist in the whole composition) is anywhere as defined above, for instance from 80 mg to 640 mg, e.g. any of 80 mg, 160 mg, 240 mg, 320 mg, 400 mg, 480 mg, 560 mg and 640 mg.
For instance, the total mass of the angiotensin II receptor antagonist in the first fraction and the controlled-release fraction may be from 160 mg to 640 mg, e.g. any of 160 mg, 240 mg, 320 mg, 400 mg, 480 mg, 560 mg and 640 mg, wherein the mass of the angiotensin II receptor antagonist in the first fraction is from 28 mg to 32 mg, i.e. about 30 mg.
The total mass of the angiotensin II receptor antagonist employed in the composition of the invention may for instance be from 50 mg to 120 mg. Typically, in this embodiment, the total mass of the antagonist in the composition is from 70 mg to 90 mg, for instance about 80 mg. The angiotensin II receptor antagonist in the composition is generally distributed solely between the first fraction and controlled-release fraction of the composition. The ratio of the mass of the angiotensin II receptor antagonist in the controlled-release fraction to the mass of the angiotensin II receptor antagonist in the first fraction is typically from 98:2 to 60:40. It is often from 96:4 to 70:30, and may for instance be from 90: 10 to 70:30, or for instance from 90: 10 to 80:20. Thus, in this embodiment, the first fraction typically comprises from 2 mg to 32 mg of the angiotensin II receptor antagonist wherein the controlled-release fraction comprises the remainder of the total mass of the angiotensin II receptor antagonist in the composition. The first fraction may for instance comprise from 4 mg to 24 mg of the antagonist, or for example from 8 mg to 16 mg of the antagonist, wherein the controlled-release fraction comprises the remainder of the total mass of the angiotensin II receptor antagonist in the composition. The angiotensin II receptor antagonist may be as further defined anywhere herein, but often, in this embodiment, it is valsartan or losartan, and more typically it is valsartan.
The total mass of the angiotensin II receptor antagonist employed in the composition of the invention may for instance be from 120 mg to 200 mg. Typically, in this embodiment, the total mass of the antagonist in the composition is from 150 mg to 170 mg, for instance about 160 mg. The angiotensin II receptor antagonist in the composition is generally distributed solely between the first fraction and controlled-release fraction of the composition. The ratio of the mass of the angiotensin II receptor antagonist in the controlled-release fraction to the mass of the angiotensin II receptor antagonist in the first fraction is typically from 98:2 to 60:40. It is often from 96:4 to 70:30, and may for instance be from 90: 10 to 70:30, or for instance from 90: 10 to 80:20. Thus, in this embodiment, the first fraction typically comprises from 3 mg to 64 mg of the angiotensin II receptor antagonist wherein the controlled-release fraction comprises the remainder of the total mass of the angiotensin II receptor antagonist in the composition. The first fraction may for instance comprise from 6 mg to 48 mg, for instance from 10 mg to 40 mg, of the antagonist, or for example from 16 mg to 32 mg of the antagonist, wherein the controlled-release fraction comprises the remainder of the total mass of the angiotensin II receptor antagonist in the composition. The angiotensin II receptor antagonist may be as further defined anywhere herein, but often, in this embodiment, it is valsartan or losartan, and more typically it is valsartan.
The total mass of the angiotensin II receptor antagonist employed in the composition of the invention may for instance be from 200 mg to 280 mg. Typically, in this embodiment, the total mass of the antagonist in the composition is from 230 mg to 250 mg, for instance about 240 mg. The angiotensin II receptor antagonist in the composition is generally distributed solely between the first fraction and controlled-release fraction of the composition. The ratio of the mass of the angiotensin II receptor antagonist in the controlled-release fraction to the mass of the angiotensin II receptor antagonist in the first fraction is typically from 98:2 to 60:40. It is often from 96:4 to 70:30, and may for instance be from 90: 10 to 70:30, or for instance from 90: 10 to 80:20. Thus, in this embodiment, the first fraction typically comprises from 5 mg to 96 mg of the angiotensin II receptor antagonist wherein the controlled-release fraction comprises the remainder of the total mass of the angiotensin II receptor antagonist in the composition. The first fraction may for instance comprise from 10 mg to 72 mg of the antagonist, or for example from 24 mg to 48 mg of the antagonist, wherein the controlled- release fraction comprises the remainder of the total mass of the angiotensin II receptor antagonist in the composition. The angiotensin II receptor antagonist may be as further defined anywhere herein, but often, in this embodiment, it is valsartan or losartan, and more typically it is valsartan.
The total mass of the angiotensin II receptor antagonist employed in the composition of the invention may for instance be from 280 mg to 360 mg. Typically, in this embodiment, the total mass of the antagonist in the composition is from 310 mg to 330 mg, for instance about 320 mg. The angiotensin II receptor antagonist in the composition is generally distributed solely between the first fraction and controlled-release fraction of the composition. The ratio of the mass of the angiotensin II receptor antagonist in the controlled-release fraction to the mass of the angiotensin II receptor antagonist in the first fraction is typically from 98:2 to 60:40. It is often from 96:4 to 70:30, and may for instance be from 90: 10 to 70:30, or for instance from 90: 10 to 80:20. Thus, in this embodiment, the first fraction typically comprises from 6 mg to 128 mg of the angiotensin II receptor antagonist wherein the controlled-release fraction comprises the remainder of the total mass of the angiotensin II receptor antagonist in the composition. The first fraction may for instance comprise from 13 mg to 96 mg of the antagonist, or for example from 32 mg to 64 mg of the antagonist, wherein the controlled- release fraction comprises the remainder of the total mass of the angiotensin II receptor antagonist in the composition. The angiotensin II receptor antagonist may be as further defined anywhere herein, but often, in this embodiment, it is valsartan or losartan, and more typically it is valsartan. The total mass of the angiotensin II receptor antagonist employed in the composition of the invention may for instance be from 360 mg to 440 mg. Typically, in this embodiment, the total mass of the antagonist in the composition is from 390 mg to 410 mg, for instance about 400 mg. The angiotensin II receptor antagonist in the composition is generally distributed solely between the first fraction and controlled-release fraction of the composition. The ratio of the mass of the angiotensin II receptor antagonist in the controlled-release fraction to the mass of the angiotensin II receptor antagonist in the first fraction is typically from 98:2 to 60:40. It is often from 96:4 to 70:30, and may for instance be from 90: 10 to 70:30, or for instance from 90: 10 to 80:20. Thus, in this embodiment, the first fraction typically comprises from 8 mg to 160 mg of the angiotensin II receptor antagonist wherein the controlled-release fraction comprises the remainder of the total mass of the angiotensin II receptor antagonist in the composition. The first fraction may for instance comprise from 16 mg to 120 mg of the antagonist, or for example from 40 mg to 80 mg of the antagonist, wherein the controlled-release fraction comprises the remainder of the total mass of the angiotensin II receptor antagonist in the composition. The angiotensin II receptor antagonist may be as further defined anywhere herein, but often, in this embodiment, it is valsartan or losartan, and more typically it is valsartan.
The total mass of the angiotensin II receptor antagonist employed in the composition of the invention may for instance be from 440 mg to 520 mg. Typically, in this embodiment, the total mass of the antagonist in the composition is from 470 mg to 490 mg, for instance about 480 mg. The angiotensin II receptor antagonist in the composition is generally distributed solely between the first fraction and controlled-release fraction of the composition. The ratio of the mass of the angiotensin II receptor antagonist in the controlled-release fraction to the mass of the angiotensin II receptor antagonist in the first fraction is typically from 98:2 to 60:40. It is often from 96:4 to 70:30, and may for instance be from 90: 10 to 70:30, or for instance from 90: 10 to 80:20. Thus, in this embodiment, the first fraction typically comprises from 10 mg to 192 mg of the angiotensin II receptor antagonist wherein the controlled-release fraction comprises the remainder of the total mass of the angiotensin II receptor antagonist in the composition. The first fraction may for instance comprise from 20 mg to 144 mg of the antagonist, for instance from 20 mg to 100 mg of the antagonist or for example from 48 mg to 96 mg of the antagonist, wherein the controlled-release fraction comprises the remainder of the total mass of the angiotensin II receptor antagonist in the composition. The angiotensin II receptor antagonist may be as further defined anywhere herein, but often, in this embodiment, it is valsartan or losartan, and more typically it is valsartan.
The total mass of the angiotensin II receptor antagonist employed in the composition of the invention may for instance be from 520 mg to 600 mg. Typically, in this embodiment, the total mass of the antagonist in the composition is from 550 mg to 570 mg, for instance about 560 mg. The angiotensin II receptor antagonist in the composition is generally distributed solely between the first fraction and controlled-release fraction of the composition. The ratio of the mass of the angiotensin II receptor antagonist in the controlled-release fraction to the mass of the angiotensin II receptor antagonist in the first fraction is typically from 98:2 to 60:40. It is often from 96:4 to 70:30, and may for instance be from 90: 10 to 70:30, or for instance from 90: 10 to 80:20. Thus, in this embodiment, the first fraction typically comprises from 11 mg to 224 mg of the angiotensin II receptor antagonist wherein the controlled-release fraction comprises the remainder of the total mass of the angiotensin II receptor antagonist in the composition. The first fraction may for instance comprise from 22 mg to 168 mg of the antagonist, for instance from 30 mg to 120 mg of the antagonist or for example from 56 mg to 112 mg of the antagonist, wherein the controlled-release fraction comprises the remainder of the total mass of the angiotensin II receptor antagonist in the composition. The angiotensin II receptor antagonist may be as further defined anywhere herein, but often, in this embodiment, it is valsartan or losartan, and more typically it is valsartan.
The total mass of the angiotensin II receptor antagonist employed in the composition of the invention may for instance be from 600 mg to 700 mg. Typically, in this embodiment, the total mass of the antagonist in the composition is from 620 mg to 670 mg. It may for instance be from 630 mg to 650 mg, for example about 640 mg. The angiotensin II receptor antagonist in the composition is generally distributed solely between the first fraction and controlled-release fraction of the composition. The ratio of the mass of the angiotensin II receptor antagonist in the controlled-release fraction to the mass of the angiotensin II receptor antagonist in the first fraction is typically from 98:2 to 60:40. It is often from 96:4 to 70:30, and may for instance be from 90: 10 to 70:30, or for instance from 90: 10 to 80:20. Thus, in this embodiment, the first fraction typically comprises from 10 mg to 280 mg of the angiotensin II receptor antagonist wherein the controlled-release fraction comprises the remainder of the total mass of the angiotensin II receptor antagonist in the composition. The first fraction may for instance comprise from 13 mg to 256 mg of the antagonist, for instance from 26 mg to 192 mg of the antagonist or for example from 64 mg to 128 mg of the antagonist, wherein the controlled-release fraction comprises the remainder of the total mass of the angiotensin II receptor antagonist in the composition. The angiotensin II receptor antagonist may be as further defined anywhere herein, but often, in this embodiment, it is valsartan or losartan, and more typically it is valsartan.
Controlled release fraction embodiments
The controlled-release fraction typically comprises said angiotensin II receptor antagonist (typically in a particular defined dose amount as discussed above) and a matrix suitable for promoting prolonged release of the angiotensin II receptor antagonist. The controlled-release fraction often further comprises a filler. It may also comprise a glidant, a lubricant, or both.
The matrix may be a hydrophilic matrix or an erodible matrix. Suitable hydrophilic and erodible matrix materials which may be employed are discussed further herein.
The matrix may for instance be a hydrophilic matrix, which may for instance comprise a hydrophilic polymer, for instance a water-soluble polymer. Suitable polymers include cellulose ether and xanthan gum. Accordingly, the hydrophilic matrix may for example comprise a polymer which is a cellulose ether or xanthan gum.
The controlled-release fraction typically comprises a hydrophilic polymer which is a cellulose ether. Cellulose ethers are available from Dow under the trade name Methocel and are suitable for use for controlled release of drugs in hydrophilic matrix systems. The cellulose ether may be selected from carboxymethylcellulose (CMC), methylcellulose (MC) and derivatives thereof,
hydroxyethylcellulose (HEC) and derivatives thereof, hydroxylpropyl cellulose (HPC),
hydroxypropylmethylcellulose, and ethylcellulose (EC). Often, however, the cellulose ether is hydroxypropylmethylcellulose or ethylcellulose. Hydroxypropylmethylcellulose, in particular, is usually employed.
The controlled-release fraction may comprise the angiotensin II receptor antagonist in an amount of from 10 wt. % to 40 wt. % based on the total weight of the controlled-release fraction, or for instance in an amount of from 20 wt. % to 30 wt. %, for example from 23 wt. % to 27 wt. %.
The controlled-release fraction may additionally comprise the matrix suitable for promoting prolonged release of the angiotensin II receptor antagonist (which is typically a hydrophilic matrix, for instance a hydrophilic polymer as defined above, and may suitably be a cellulose ether, such as, for example, hydroxypropylmethylcellulose or ethylcellulose) in an amount of from 15 wt. % to 45 wt. % based on the total weight of the controlled-release fraction. The controlled-release fraction may for instance comprise the matrix in an amount of from 15 wt. % to 35 wt. %. The controlled-release fraction may for example comprise the matrix in an amount of from 25 wt. % to 35 wt. %, for instance from 28 wt. % to 32 wt. %, based on the total weight of the controlled-release fraction. Alternatively, the controlled-release fraction may comprise the matrix in an amount of from 15 wt. % to 25 wt. %, for instance from 18 wt. % to 22 wt. %, based on the total weight of the controlled-release fraction.
Typically the hydrophilic polymer is said cellulose ether, and the controlled-release fraction comprises the angiotensin II receptor antagonist in an amount of from 20 wt. % to 30 wt. % and comprises the cellulose ether in an amount of from 15 wt. % to 35 wt. %, and preferably in an amount of from 25 wt. % to 35 wt. %, based on the total weight of the controlled-release fraction.
The controlled-release fraction may additionally comprise a glidant. The controlled-release fraction typically comprises up to 2 wt. %, for instance up to 1 wt. %, of a glidant, for instance from 0.1 wt. % to 0.9 wt. % of a glidant, or for example from 0.3 wt. % to 0.7 wt. % of the glidant, based on the total weight of the controlled-release fraction. Examples of suitable glidants include but are not limited to: colloidal silicon dioxide, powdered cellulose, magnesium trisilicate, silicon dioxide, talc. Often, however, silicon dioxide (silica) is employed as a glidant in the controlled-release fraction. This is typically hydrophilic silica. It is often for instance hydrophilic fumed silica, which is commercially available under the trade name Aerosil 200.
The controlled-release fraction may additionally comprise a lubricant. The controlled-release fraction typically comprises up to 2 wt. %, for instance up to 1 wt. %, of a lubricant, for instance from 0.1 wt. % to 0.9 wt. % of a lubricant, or for example from 0.3 wt. % to 0.7 wt. % of the lubricant, based on the total weight of the controlled-release fraction. Examples of suitable lubricants include but are not limited to: calcium stearate, glyceryl monostearate, glyceryl palmitostearate, magnesium stearate, microcrystalline cellulose, sodium benzoate, sodium chloride, sodium lauryl sulphate, stearic acid, sodium stearyl fumarate, talc, zinc stearate. Often, however, a stearate, usually a metal stearate, and typically magnesium stearate, is employed as a lubricant in the controlled-release fraction.
The balance of the controlled-release fraction typically comprises, and often consists of, one or more fillers. Examples of suitable fillers include but are not limited to: calcium carbonate, calcium phosphate, calcium sulphate, carboxymethylcellulose calcium, carboxymethylcellulose sodium, compressible sugar, confectioner's sugar, dextrates, dextrin, dextrose, dibasic calcium phosphate dihydrate, dibasic calcium phosphate, fructose, glyceryl palmitostearate, glycine, hydrogenated vegetable oil-type 1, kaolin, lactose, maize starch, magnesium carbonate, magnesium oxide, maltodextrin, mannitol, microcrystalline cellulose, polymethacrylates, potassium chloride, powdered cellulose, pregelatinised starch, sodium chloride, sorbitol, starch, sucrose, sugar spheres, talc, tribasic calcium phosphate, xylitol. Often, however, the fillers employed in the controlled-release fraction are selected from lactose and cellulose, and typically from anhydrous lactose and microcrystalline cellulose.
The balance of the controlled-release fraction typically comprises, and often consists of, a filler which comprises lactose. The filler is often for instance anhydrous lactose, which is
commercially available from DFE Pharma under the trade name SuperTab® 24AN. Alternatively, the balance of the controlled-release fraction may comprise, for instance consist of, a filler which comprises cellulose. The filler is often for instance microcrystalline cellulose, which is commercially available as Microcrystalline Cellulose PHI 02 under the trade name Avicel® from FMC Corporation.
The controlled-release fraction may for instance comprise, or consist of, the following:
the angiotensin II receptor antagonist, in an amount of from 20 wt. % to 30 wt. % based on the total weight of the controlled-release fraction;
a hydrophilic polymer, in an amount of from 15 wt. % to 35 wt. % based on the total weight of the controlled-release fraction;
optionally, a lubricant, in an amount of up to 2 wt. % based on the total weight of the controlled-release fraction;
optionally, a glidant, in an amount of up to 2 wt. % based on the total weight of the controlled-release fraction; and
a filler. The filler typically makes up the balance of the controlled-release fraction.
In this embodiment of the controlled-release fraction, the hydrophilic polymer is typically a cellulose ether, for instance hydroxypropylmethylcellulose or ethylcellulose; the lubricant, when present, is typically a stearate, for instance magnesium stearate; the glidant, when present, is typically hydrophilic silica; and the filler is usually microcrystalline cellulose or anhydrous lactose. Additionally, in this embodiment of the controlled-release fraction, the angiotensin II receptor antagonist may be as further defined anywhere herein. Often, however, it is valsartan. It is typically valsartan in the free form.
The controlled-release fraction may for instance comprise, or consist of, the following:
from 20 wt. % to 30 wt. % of the angiotensin II receptor antagonist;
from 25 wt. % to 35 wt. %, for instance from 28 wt. % to 32 wt. %, of a hydrophilic polymer; optionally up to 2 wt. % of a lubricant;
optionally up to 2 wt. % of a glidant; and
a filler. The filler typically makes up the balance of the controlled-release fraction. As would be understood by the skilled person, the percentages by weight here are the percentages by weight of the components in the controlled-release fraction, based on the total weight of the controlled-release fraction.
Again, in this embodiment of the controlled-release fraction, the hydrophilic polymer is typically a cellulose ether, for instance hydroxypropylmethylcellulose or ethylcellulose; the lubricant, when present, is typically a stearate, for instance magnesium stearate; the glidant, when present, is typically hydrophilic silica; and the filler is usually microcrystalline cellulose or anhydrous lactose. The filler may comprise, of for instance consist of, microcrystalline cellulose. Additionally, in this embodiment of the controlled-release fraction, the angiotensin II receptor antagonist may be as further defined anywhere herein. Often, however, it is valsartan. It is typically valsartan in the free form.
The controlled-release fraction may for instance comprise, or consist of, the following:
from 20 wt. % to 30 wt. % of the angiotensin II receptor antagonist;
from 15 wt. % to 25 wt. %, for instance from 18 wt. % to 22 wt. %, of a hydrophilic polymer; optionally up to 2 wt. % of a lubricant;
optionally up to 2 wt. % of a glidant; and
a filler. The filler typically makes up the balance of the controlled-release fraction. As would be understood by the skilled person, the percentages by weight here are the percentages by weight of the components in the controlled-release fraction, based on the total weight of the controlled-release fraction.
Again, in this embodiment of the controlled-release fraction, the hydrophilic polymer is typically a cellulose ether, for instance hydroxypropylmethylcellulose or ethylcellulose; the lubricant, when present, is typically a stearate, for instance magnesium stearate; the glidant, when present, is typically hydrophilic silica; and the filler is usually microcrystalline cellulose or anhydrous lactose. Additionally, in this embodiment of the controlled-release fraction, the angiotensin II receptor antagonist may be as further defined anywhere herein. Often, however, it is valsartan. It is typically valsartan in the free form.
First fraction embodiments The first fraction may be a rapid release fraction. Thus, the first fraction may be adapted to provide rapid release of the angiotensin II receptor antagonist into the bloodstream to provide fast onset of action.
The first, rapid release fraction typically comprises said angiotensin II receptor antagonist (typically in a particular defined dose amount as discussed above) and a disintegrating agent, also known as a disintegrant. The disintegrant produces a rapidly disintegrable fraction which disperses rapidly on contact with aqueous fluids. The first fraction often further comprises one or more fillers. It may also comprise a glidant, a lubricant, or both.
Any suitable disintegrant may be employed. A wide range of disintegrants are known to the skilled person. Examples of these include, but are not limited to, polyvinylpyrrolidone (PVPP, crospovidone), alginic acid, carboxymethylcellulose calcium, carboxymethylcellulose sodium, colloidal silicon dioxide, croscarmellose sodium, guar gum, magnesium aluminium silicate, microcrystalline cellulose, methyl cellulose, polyvinylpyrrolidone (PVP), polacrilin potassium, prege latinised starch, sodium alginate, sodium lauryl sulphate, sodium starch glycolate.
Often, polyvinylpyrrolidone (PVPP), which is also known as crospovidone, is employed as the disintegrant.
The first fraction may comprise the angiotensin II receptor antagonist in an amount of from 5 wt. % to 15 wt. % based on the total weight of the first fraction, or for instance in an amount of from 7 wt. % to 13 wt. %, for example from 9 wt. % to 11 wt. %, based on the total weight of the first fraction.
The first fraction may additionally comprise the disintegrant (which is typically one of the types listed above and may for instance be crospovidone) in an amount of up to 15 wt.%, for instance from 0.5 wt. % to 10 wt. %, or more typically for example from 1 wt. % to 5 wt. %, based on the total weight of the first fraction. The first fraction may for instance comprise the disintegrant in an amount of from 2 wt. % to 4 wt. %, for instance from 2.5 wt. % to 3.5 wt. %, based on the total weight of the first fraction.
The first fraction may additionally comprise a glidant. The first fraction typically comprises up to 2 wt. %, for instance up to 1 wt. %, of a glidant, for instance from 0.1 wt. % to 0.9 wt. % of a glidant, or for example from 0.3 wt. % to 0.7 wt. % of the glidant, based on the total weight of the first fraction. Examples of suitable glidants include but are not limited to: colloidal silicon dioxide, powdered cellulose, magnesium trisilicate, silicon dioxide, talc. Often, however, silicon dioxide (silica) is employed as a glidant in the first fraction. This is typically hydrophilic silica. It is often for instance hydrophilic fumed silica, which is commercially available under the trade name Aerosil 200.
The first fraction may additionally comprise a lubricant. The first fraction typically comprises up to 2 wt. %, for instance up to 1 wt. %, of a lubricant, for instance from 0.1 wt. % to 0.9 wt. % of a lubricant, or for example from 0.3 wt. % to 0.7 wt. % of the lubricant, based on the total weight of the first fraction. Examples of suitable lubricants include but are not limited to: calcium stearate, glyceryl monostearate, glyceryl palmitostearate, magnesium stearate, microcrystalline cellulose, sodium benzoate, sodium chloride, sodium lauryl sulphate, stearic acid, sodium stearyl fumarate, talc, zinc stearate. Often, however, a stearate, usually a metal stearate, and typically magnesium stearate, is employed as a lubricant in the first fraction.
The balance of the first fraction typically comprises, and often consists of, one or more fillers. Examples of suitable fillers include but are not limited to: calcium carbonate, calcium phosphate, calcium sulphate, carboxymethylcellulose calcium, carboxymethylcellulose sodium, compressible sugar, confectioner's sugar, dextrates, dextrin, dextrose, dibasic calcium phosphate dihydrate, dibasic calcium phosphate, fructose, glyceryl palmitostearate, glycine, hydrogenated vegetable oil-type 1, kaolin, lactose, maize starch, magnesium carbonate, magnesium oxide, maltodextrin, mannitol, microcrystalline cellulose, polymethacrylates, potassium chloride, powdered cellulose, pregelatinised starch, sodium chloride, sorbitol, starch, sucrose, sugar spheres, talc, tribasic calcium phosphate, xylitol, and mixtures of two or more than two of these fillers. Often, however, the fillers employed in the first fraction are selected from lactose, cellulose, and a mixture of lactose and cellulose. The fillers employed in the first fraction may for instance be selected from anhydrous lactose and
microcrystalline cellulose. Often, both lactose and cellulose fillers are employed in the first fraction, for instance both anhydrous lactose and microcrystalline cellulose. For instance, the fillers in the first fraction may comprise, or consist of, a cellulose filler and a lactose filler in a weight ratio of from 2: 1 to 3 : 1. The fillers in the first fraction may for instance comprise, or consist of, microcrystalline cellulose and anhydrous lactose in a weight ratio of from 2: 1 to 3: 1.
The first fraction may for instance comprise, or consist of, the following:
the angiotensin II receptor antagonist, in an amount of from 5 wt. % to 15 wt. % based on the total weight of the first fraction;
a disintegrant, in an amount of from 0.5 wt. % to 10 wt. %, based on the total weight of the first fraction;
optionally, a lubricant, in an amount of up to 2 wt. % based on the total weight of the first fraction;
optionally, a glidant, in an amount of up to 2 wt. % based on the total weight of the first fraction; and
one or more fillers. The one or more fillers typically make up the balance of the first fraction.
In this embodiment of the first fraction, the disintegrant is typically crospovidone; the lubricant, when present, is typically a stearate, for instance magnesium stearate; the glidant, when present, is typically hydrophilic silica; and the one or more fillers are usually microcrystalline cellulose, anhydrous lactose, or a mixture of microcrystalline cellulose and anhydrous lactose for instance in a weight ratio of from 2: 1 to 3 : 1. Additionally, in this embodiment of the first fraction, the angiotensin II receptor antagonist may be as further defined anywhere herein. Often, however, it is valsartan. It is typically valsartan in the free form. The first fraction may for instance comprise, or consist of, the following:
the angiotensin II receptor antagonist, in an amount of from 7 wt. % to 13 wt. %, for example from 9 wt. % to 11 wt. %, based on the total weight of the first fraction;
a disintegrant, in an amount of from 1 wt. % to 5 wt. %, for instance from 2 wt. % to 4 wt. %, based on the total weight of the first fraction;
optionally, a lubricant, in an amount of up to 2 wt. % based on the total weight of the first fraction;
optionally, a glidant, in an amount of up to 2 wt. % based on the total weight of the first fraction; and
one or more fillers. The one or more fillers typically make up the balance of the first fraction.
Again, in this embodiment of the first fraction, the disintegrant is typically crospovidone; the lubricant, when present, is typically a stearate, for instance magnesium stearate; the glidant, when present, is typically hydrophilic silica; and the one or more fillers are usually microcrystalline cellulose, anhydrous lactose, or a mixture of microcrystalline cellulose and anhydrous lactose for instance in a weight ratio of from 2: 1 to 3 : 1. Additionally, in this embodiment of the first fraction, the angiotensin II receptor antagonist may be as further defined anywhere herein. Often, however, it is valsartan. It is typically valsartan in the free form.
Combined controlled-release fraction and first fraction embodiments
Preferably, the controlled-release fraction is as defined above under the heading "controlled release fraction embodiments" and the first fraction is as defined above under the heading "first fraction embodiments".
Thus, typically:
- the controlled-release fraction comprises:
the angiotensin II receptor antagonist, in an amount of from 20 wt. % to 30 wt. % based on the total weight of the controlled-release fraction; a hydrophilic polymer as defined in claim 43 or claim 44, in an amount of from 15 wt. % to 35 wt. % based on the total weight of the controlled-release fraction; optionally, a lubricant as defined in claim 50, in an amount of up to 2 wt. % based on the total weight of the controlled-release fraction; optionally, a glidant as defined in claim 49, in an amount of up to 2 wt. % based on the total weight of the controlled- release fraction; and a filler as defined in claim 48, optionally wherein the filler makes up the balance of the controlled-release fraction; and
- the first fraction comprises:
the angiotensin II receptor antagonist, in an amount of from 5 wt. % to 15 wt. % based on the total weight of the first fraction; a disintegrant as defined in any one of claims 54 to 56, in an amount of from 0.5 wt. % to 10 wt. % based on the total weight of the first fraction;
optionally, a lubricant as defined in claim 59, in an amount of up to 2 wt. % based on the total weight of the first fraction; optionally, a glidant as defined in claim 58, in an amount of up to 2 wt. % based on the total weight of the first fraction; and one or more fillers as defined in claim 57, optionally wherein the filler makes up the balance of the first fraction.
Typically, in this embodiment, the hydrophilic polymer in the controlled-release fraction is a cellulose ether and is present in an amount of from 25 wt. % to 35 wt. % based on the total weight of the controlled-release fraction, and preferably in an amount of from 28 wt. % to 32 wt. %. The hydrophilic polymer is often for instance hydroxypropylmethylcellulose or ethylcellulose. The filler in the controlled-release fraction usually comprises microcrystalline cellulose or anhydrous lactose. The filler may preferably comprise microcrystalline cellulose. The lubricant, when present in the controlled-release fraction, is typically a stearate, for instance magnesium stearate, and the glidant, when present in the controlled-release fraction, is typically hydrophilic silica.
Additionally, in this embodiment, the angiotensin II receptor antagonist in the first and controlled-release fractions may be as further defined anywhere herein. Often, however, it is valsartan. It is typically valsartan in the free form. Often the total mass of the angiotensin II receptor antagonist in the first fraction and the controlled-release fraction is from 80 mg to 640 mg, and: (i) the ratio of the mass of the angiotensin II receptor antagonist in the controlled-release fraction to the mass of the angiotensin II receptor antagonist in the first fraction is from 96:4 to 70:30, preferably from 96:4 to 80:20; or (ii) the mass of the angiotensin II receptor antagonist in the first fraction is from 28 mg to 32 mg.
Also, typically, in this embodiment, the disintegrant is crospovidone; the lubricant, when present, is typically a stearate, for instance magnesium stearate; and the glidant, when present, is typically hydrophilic silica. The one or more fillers in the first fraction are usually microcrystalline cellulose, anhydrous lactose, or a mixture of microcrystalline cellulose and anhydrous lactose, for instance in a weight ratio of from 2: 1 to 3 : 1.
Further first fraction embodiments
Further rapid release formulations for use in the first fraction of the composition of the invention may be achieved by several different methodologies, as described below, which may be used alone or in combination.
For example, rapid release may be achieved by a dosage form of angiotensin II receptor antagonist comprising a rapidly dispersing wafer containing the angiotensin II receptor antagonist or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof which is placed on the tongue and dissolves in the mouth, for example within the buccal fluids. Suitably the wafer is dispersed and/or dissolved over a period of about 1 to 60 seconds, preferably about 1 to 30 seconds, most preferably about 1 to 10 seconds. Suitably the wafer is made from a freeze -dried compact containing the angiotensin II receptor antagonist or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, in a matrix of a buccal fluid-dispersible polymer such as gelatine and a polysaccharide such as mannitol. The angiotensin II receptor antagonist is dissolved or dispersed into a suspension of mannitol and gelatine prior to filling into blister cavities. These liquid filled blisters are then conveyed through a liquid nitrogen freezing tunnel for freezing and then into a freeze dryer where the solvent is removed leaving behind a highly porous wafer loaded with the angiotensin II receptor antagonist. Details of this technology are described in the scientific and patent literature, for example W Habib et al in Critical Reviews in Therapeutic Drug Carrier Systems, Vol 17 (1) 61-72 (2000), M J Rathbone, J Hadgraft & M S Roberts in Modified Release Drug Delivery Systems, Marcel Dekker, New York, 2003, US Patent No. 4,642,903 and US Patent No 5,738,875 which are incorporated herein by reference.
Alternatively, rapid release of the angiotensin II receptor antagonist may be provided by the blending and compression of the angiotensin II receptor antagonist with water soluble excipients, such as a sugar such as but not limited to mannitol, and an effervescence agent, at low compression forces. The low compression forces lead to the formation of a highly porous tablet which disintegrates rapidly. Rapid disintegration is further aided by the inclusion of the effervescence agent, which in the context of this specification is defined as one or more agents which produce carbon dioxide upon contact with buccal, gastric, or intestinal fluids.
Typically, effervescence is derived by the reaction which takes place between alkali metal carbonates or bicarbonates and organic acids such as citric acid or tartaric acid to release carbon dioxide. Examples of effervescent agents are effervescent couples such as an organic acid and a metal carbonate or bicarbonate. Suitable organic acids include but are not limited: citric acid, tartaric acid, malic acid, fumaric acid, adipic acid, succinic acid, and alginic acid, and anhydrides and acid salts. Suitable carbonates and bicarbonates include, for example, sodium carbonate, sodium bicarbonate, potassium carbonate, potassium bicarbonate, magnesium carbonate, sodium glycine carbonate, L- lysine carbonate and arginine carbonate. Alternatively, only the base component of the effervescent couple may be present. Effervescence may also result from the inclusion of a carbonate or bicarbonate alone to react with acidic gastrointestinal fluids. Suitably the porous tablet disperses over a period of about 1 to 60 seconds, preferably about 1 to 45 seconds, most preferably about 1 to 30 seconds.
Details of this technology are described in the scientific and patent literature, for example W Habib et al in Critical Reviews in Therapeutic Drug Carrier Systems, Vol 17 (1) 61-72 (2000), M J Rathbone, J Hadgraft & M S Roberts in Modified Release Drug Delivery Systems, Marcel Dekker, New York, 2003, US Patent No. 5,178,878 and US Patent No 5,607,697 which are incorporated herein by reference.
Alternatively, rapid release of the angiotensin II receptor antagonist may be achieved by blending and compressing the angiotensin II receptor antagonist with a suitable sugar such as but not limited to sucrose which has been melt-spun to form a mass of thin filaments with a high surface area. The resulting tablets are highly porous. Upon contact with buccal fluids, they disintegrate rapidly as the mass of thin filaments dissolves. Details of this technology are described in the scientific and patent literature, for example W Habib et al in Critical Reviews in Therapeutic Drug Carrier Systems, Vol 17 (1) 61-72 (2000) and US Patent No 4,855,326 which are incorporated herein by reference. Alternatively, rapid release of the angiotensin II receptor antagonist may be achieved by blending and compressing the angiotensin II receptor antagonist with a low mould ability saccharide (e.g. such as but not limited to lactose and mannitol) which has been granulated using a high mould ability saccharide (e.g. such as but not limited to maltose and maltitol) as a binder. The resulting tablets possess characteristics which enable them to dissolve rapidly on contact with aqueous fluids, typically within about 1 to 60 seconds, preferably about 1 to 30 seconds, most preferably about 1 to 15 seconds. Details of this technology are described in the scientific and patent literature, for example W Habib et al in Critical Reviews in Therapeutic Drug Carrier Systems, Vol 17 (1) 61-72 (2000) and US Patent No 5,576,014 which are incorporated herein by reference.
Alternatively, rapid release of the angiotensin II receptor antagonist may be achieved by blending and compressing the angiotensin II receptor antagonist with a disintegrating agent (e.g. such as but not limited to carboxymethylcellulose) and a swelling agent (e.g. such as but not limited to modified starch, e.g. Sodium Starch Glycolate) to produce a rapidly disintegrable tablet which preferably on contact with aqueous fluids disperses over a period of about 1 to 90 seconds, preferably about 1 to 60 seconds, most preferably about 1 to 30 seconds. Details of this technology are described in the scientific and patent literature, for example W Habib et al in Critical Reviews in Therapeutic Drug Carrier Systems, Vol 17 (1) 61-72 (2000) and US Patent No 5,464,632 which are incorporated herein by reference.
It should be appreciated that such tablets will afford advantages over the existing marketed swallow tablets even if swallowed before complete dissolution in the mouth, since dissolution in the gastric fluids will still allow a faster dissolution of the angiotensin II receptor antagonist than is achievable from conventional swallow tablets.
One way of augmenting the rapid release achievable by a suitable choice of formulation, is to utilise a salt of the angiotensin II receptor antagonist which is very soluble in saliva or in gastric fluid.
Yet another way of augmenting the rapid release achieved by a suitable choice of formulation is to utilise an amorphous form of a salt of the angiotensin II receptor antagonist or the angiotensin II receptor antagonist in the free form. In addition the amorphous or crystalline form of a salt of the angiotensin II receptor antagonist or the angiotensin II receptor antagonist in the free form may be dispersed or adsorbed in a thin layer over a high surface area inert substrate. Suitable substrates include but are not limited to: Amberlite ® XAD-4, Amberlite ® XAD-7, Amberlite ® XAD-16, AMBERSORB ® 348F, AMBERSORB ® 563, AMBERSORB ® 572, Activated carbon, Activated carbon Darco ®, Activated carbon Darco ® G-60, Activated carbon Darco ® KB, Activated carbon Darco ® KB-B, Activated carbon Norit ®, silica gel high purity grades with high pore volume, for example about 0.75 cc/g and average pore diameter 6θΑ.
It will be appreciated that other materials with comparable properties may also be used as substrates. Any of the "further first fraction embodiments" described above may be combined with any of the "controlled release fraction embodiments" described further above or any of the "further controlled release fraction embodiments" described in the following text.
Further controlled release fraction embodiments
Further modified (prolonged or delayed) release formulations, which are suitable for use in the controlled release fraction of the composition of the invention, may be achieved by several different methodologies, as described below, which may be used alone or in combination.
Controlled release may be provided in the form of prolonged release. A prolonged release dosage form may consist of a matrix dosage unit, such as a hydrophilic and/or an erodible matrix, usually in tablet form. Release from such a unit can be controlled by a number of mechanisms, such as dissolution, erosion, diffusion, osmotic pressure or any combination thereof. Embodiment of prolonged release dosage forms may utilise excipients which control release of the angiotensin II receptor antagonist by more than one formal mechanism.
An erosion controlled prolonged release dosage unit can be achieved by compressing the angiotensin II receptor antagonist with a slowly dissolvable and/or erodable polymeric material into a tablet form. Release of the angiotensin II receptor antagonist occurs as the polymer dissolves and/or erodes away. Suitable polymers include but are not restricted to glyceryl monostearate, acrylic resins, ethylcellulose, stearyl alcohol, hydroxypropylcellulose, carboxymethylcellulose, hypromellose, methylcellulose, hydroxyethylmethylcellulose, sodium carboxymethylcellulose. Further information can be found in Controlled Drug Delivery, second edition, J R Robinson & V H Lee (editors), Marcel Dekker, New York, 1987, in Drug Delivery Systems, second edition, V Ranade & M A Hollinger, CRC Press, Boca Raton, 2004, and in Modified Release Drug Delivery Systems, M J Rathbone, J Hadgraft & M S Roberts, Marcel Dekker, New York, 2003 which publications are incorporated herein by reference.
A diffusion controlled prolonged release dosage form may be produced by compressing a water-swellable hydrophilic polymer in combination with the angiotensin II receptor antagonist drug substance. Such systems are often referred to as "hydrophilic matrices" or "swellable-soluble" systems. Water continues to penetrate the matrix causing the swelling of the hydrophilic polymer. The gelatinous layer that is formed, retards the rate of ingress of water into the matrix and the flux of drug out of the matrix. The angiotensin II receptor antagonist is released from such matrices either by diffusion through the gel layer or by erosion and/or dissolution of the gel layer. Suitable materials would include any pharmaceutically acceptable excipient which can swell and form a gelatinous mass upon hydration, for example, hydroxypropylmethylcellulose, and xanthan gum. Further information and descriptions of such dosage forms can be found in Controlled Drug Delivery, second edition, J R Robinson & V H Lee (editors), Marcel Dekker, New York, 1987 which publication is incorporated herein by reference. An osmosis controlled prolonged release dosage form may be produced by compressing the angiotensin II receptor antagonist in combination with an osmagent into a tablet matrix core formulation. This matrix core is then in part coated with a semi-permeable membrane in known manner, utilising such polymers such as methacrylates, ethyl cellulose, and cellulose acetate. Aqueous fluids are drawn by osmosis from the exterior environment across the membrane at a controlled rate into the core, causing dissolution of both the angiotensin II receptor antagonist and the osmogent and increased pressure within the matrix core. The pressure forces the solubilised angiotensin II receptor antagonist out through a specially created aperture or passageway. Examples of osmagents include but are not restricted to sodium chloride, potassium chloride, lithium chloride, magnesium chloride, magnesium sulphate, lithium sulphate, sodium sulphate, potassium sulphate, citric acid, mannitol, ribose, arabinose, galactose, leucine, glycine, fructose, sucrose, sodium and other bicarbonates.
Further information can be found in the scientific and patent literature, for example: Controlled Drug Delivery, second edition, J R Robinson & V H Lee (editors), Marcel Dekker, New York, 1987, Modified Release Drug Delivery Systems, M J Rathbone, J Hadgraft & M S Roberts, Marcel Dekker, New York, 2003, and US Patents 3,760,984, 3,845,770, 3,987,790, 3,916,899, 4008,719, 4,036,227, 4,576,604, 4,578,075, 4,673,405, 4,681,583, 4,693,895, 4,705,515, 4,773, 907, 5,229,133 which documents are incorporated herein by reference.
Prolonged release can also be achieved by applying a porous or semipermeable membrane coat onto a tablet surface by the application of such polymers such as methacrylates, ethylcellulose, and cellulose acetate. Release from such systems can occur by more than one of the mechanisms described above, for example a combination of dissolution, diffusion, erosion, and osmosis.
Alternatively, prolonged release can be achieved by coating multiparticulates with semipermeable membranes. The multiparticulates include drug-coated substrates, such as lactose beads, and drug- containing substrates, such as drug-containing lactose spheres.
Delayed release of the angiotensin II receptor antagonist can be achieved by means of a physical barrier or coating which delays exposure of the active material to the buccal, gastric, or intestinal fluids. One technique which provides delayed release involves the application of a coating of a fluid resistant barrier to a single dosage unit, or to a multiparticulate dosage unit, for example one composed of beadlets, pellets, spheroids, minitablets and/or granules. These coatings can be designed to dissolve at a specific pH range, for example an enteric coating which dissolves at a pH greater than 5.0. Typical pH-dependent polymers suitable for coating dosage forms (single or multiparticulate) include the following:
cellulose acetate phthalate, which dissolves at pH 6.0-6.4
hydroxypropylmethylcellulose phthalate 50, which dissolves at about pH 4.8
hydroxypropylmethylcellulose phthalate 55, which dissolves at about pH 5.2
polyvinylacetate phthalate, which dissolves at about pH 5.0
methacrylic acid-methyl methacrylate copolymer (1 : 1), which dissolves at about pH 6.0 methacrylic acid-methyl methacrylate copolymer (2: 1), which dissolves at pH 6.5-7.5 methacrylic acid-ethyl acrylate copolymer (2: 1), which dissolves at about pH 5.5
hydroxypropylmethylcellulose acetate succinate, which dissolves at about pH 7.0
poly(methylvinylether/maleic acid) monoethylester, which dissolves at pH 4.5 -5.0
poly(methylvinylether/maleic acid)n-butyl ester, which dissolves at about pH 5.4
shellac, which dissolves at about pH 7.0
Alternatively a non-pH-dependant coating may be used, which initially impedes the ingress of aqueous fluid, but subsequently erodes and/or dissolves to expose the active agent to dissolution. Typical non-pH-dependent polymers suitable for coating dosage forms (single or multiparticulate) to provide a fluid resistant barrier which subsequently erodes or dissolves include, but are not restricted to acacia, alginate, amylase, beeswax, carboxymethylcellulose, carnuba wax, cellulose acetate, cholesterol, ethylcellulose, fatty acids, gelatine, glyceryl behenate, glyceryl monostearate, glyceryl monodistearate, glyceryl tripalmitate, hypromellose, hydroxypropylcellulose, hydrogenated vegetable oil, lecithin, methylcellulose, paraffin wax, pectin, polyethylene glycol, polycaprolactone, polyglycolic acid, polylactic acid, polyglyclide-co-lactide co-polymers, polyvinylprroylidone, starch, stearic acid, stearyl alcohol, partially hydrogenated cottonseed oil/soyabean oil (melting at 51-55°C), partially hydrogenated palm oil (melting at 58-63°C), partially hydrogenated cottonseed oil (melting at 61-65°C), partially hydrogenated soyabean oil (melting at 67-71°C), partially hydrogenated castor oil (melting at 85-88°C), polyethylene glycol 3350 (melting at 54-58°C).
Delayed release of the angiotensin II receptor antagonist may also be achieved by a fluid resistant barrier which combines one or more pH-dependant polymers optionally with one or more non-pH-dependant polymers.
Examples of delayed release dosage forms include enteric coated tablets or enteric coated multiparticulate formulations, in which drug-loaded multi-particulate spheres are coated with methacrylic acid-methyl methacrylate co-polymers such as Eudragit L100-55, Eudragit L30D-55, or Eudragit FS 30D or Eudragit S100/S12.5. Such formulations will not release the angiotensin II receptor antagonist in the acidic environment of the stomach but only on exposure to the higher pH typically found in the small and large intestine (pH range 5 to 8). An enteric coated tablet illustrating one aspect of this invention may be a single-layer tablet or a multi-layer tablet, such as a bi- or tri- layer tablet, wherein the active agent is present in one or more discrete layers within the compressed tablet form. The discrete tablet layers can be arranged to provide modified or non-modified release of active agent. General descriptions and methods for the preparation of suitable tablets may be found in Aqueous polymeric coatings for pharmaceutical dosage forms, J W McGinty (ed), Marcel Dekker, 1989, New York, and in in Microencapsulation and related drug processes, P Deasy, Marcel Dekker, 1984, New York, which publications are incorporated herein by reference.
Similarly, a capsule can be prepared in which the active dose is provided in the form of beads of the angiotensin II receptor antagonist and is divided into two or more parts, each part having a non- pH-dependant protective coat of different thickness, which takes a different time to erode. Suitable non-pH-dependent coating materials have already been described above. Further information can be found in J R Robinson & V H Lee (eds) in Controlled Drug Delivery, second edition, Marcel Dekker, New York, 1987 , V Ranade & M A Hollinger in Drug Delivery Systems, second edition, CRC Press, Boca Raton, 2004 and M J Rathbone, J Hadgraft & M S Roberts in Modified Release Drug Delivery Systems, Marcel Dekker, New York, 2003 which are incorporated herein by reference.
Any of the "further controlled release fraction embodiments" described above may be combined with any of the "first fraction embodiments" or "further first fraction embodiments" described above.
Preferably, the compositions of the invention are in unit dosage form. Unit dosage forms for oral administration may be in tablet or capsule form and may as necessary contain conventional excipients such as binding agents, fillers, lubricants, glidants, disintegrants, effervescent agents, and wetting agents. Examples of binding agents include but are not limited to: acacia, alginic acid, carboxymethylcellulose calcium, carboxymethylcellulose sodium, dextrin, dextrose, ethylcellulose, gelatin, liquid glucose, guar gum, hydroxyethyl cellulose, hydroxypropyl cellulose, hydroxypropyl methylcellulose, magnesium aluminium silicate, maltodextrin, methyl cellulose, polymethacrylates, polyvinylpyrrolidone, pregelatinised starch, sodium alginate, sorbitol, starch, syrup, tragacanth.
Examples of fillers include but are not limited to: calcium carbonate, calcium phosphate, calcium sulphate, carboxymethylcellulose calcium, carboxymethylcellulose sodium, compressible sugar, confectioner's sugar, dextrates, dextrin, dextrose, dibasic calcium phosphate dihydrate, dibasic calcium phosphate, fructose, glyceryl palmitostearate, glycine, hydrogenated vegetable oil-type 1, kaolin, lactose, maize starch, magnesium carbonate, magnesium oxide, maltodextrin, mannitol, microcrystalline cellulose, polymethacrylates, potassium chloride, powdered cellulose, pregelatinised starch, sodium chloride, sorbitol, starch, sucrose, sugar spheres, talc, tribasic calcium phosphate, xylitol. Examples of lubricants include but are not limited to: calcium stearate, glyceryl monostearate, glyceryl palmitostearate, magnesium stearate, microcrystalline cellulose, sodium benzoate, sodium chloride, sodium lauryl sulphate, stearic acid, sodium stearyl fumarate, talc, zinc stearate. Examples of glidants include but are not limited to: colloidal silicon dioxide, powdered cellulose, magnesium trisilicate, silicon dioxide, talc. Examples of disintegrants include but are not limited to: alginic acid, carboxymethylcellulose calcium, carboxymethylcellulose sodium, colloidal silicon dioxide, croscarmellose sodium, crospovidone, guar gum, magnesium aluminium silicate, microcrystalline cellulose, methyl cellulose, polyvinylpyrrolidone, polacrilin potassium, pregelatinised starch, sodium alginate, sodium lauryl sulphate, sodium starch glycolate. Examples of effervescent agents are effervescent couples as described hereinbefore.
The solid oral compositions may be prepared by conventional methods of blending, filling or tableting. Repeated blending operations may be used to distribute the active agent throughout those compositions employing large quantities of fillers. Such operations are conventional in the art. The tablets may be coated according to methods known in normal pharmaceutical practice. For example see Pharmaceutical dosage forms: tablets, Volume 1 second edition, H A Lieberman, L Lachman and J B Schwartz (eds) Marcel Dekkker, 1989, New York and G C Cole & J Hogan in Pharmaceutical coating technology, Taylor & Francis, London, 1995 which are herein included by reference.
The quantity of the angiotensin II receptor antagonist required in each component of each formulation can be determined by the skilled worker from the information provided in this invention. Firstly the target pharmacokinetic profile for the formulation is selected in line with the objects of the present invention. Then, from knowledge of the therapeutic window as defined herein, the mean rate of elimination of the angiotensin II receptor antagonist in the body, and the release profile of the angiotensin II receptor antagonist from each component, it is a matter of routine experimentation to establish the necessary quantity of angiotensin II receptor antagonist in each component in light of the information provided here. Information on particular preferred dosages overall and in the first and controlled-release fractions is nonetheless also provided herein.
Angiotensin II receptor antagonist
In the pharmaceutical composition of the invention, any angiotensin II receptor antagonist may in principle be employed. A wide range of angiotensin II receptor antagonist compounds are known to the skilled person, and the skilled person is also readily able to test candidate compounds for angiotensin II receptor antagonist activity.
Often, however, the angiotensin II receptor antagonist employed in the composition of the invention is valsartan, losartan, candesartan, eprosartan, irbesartan, olmesartan, telmisartan, azilsartan, fimasartan, saprisartan, tasosartan, elisartan, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
It should also be understood that "or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof in this context includes amorphous forms and crystalline forms of the angiotensin II receptor antagonist including solvates, hydrates, co-crystals and polymorphs of the angiotensin II receptor antagonist.
Typically, the angiotensin II receptor antagonist is valsartan, losartan, candesartan, eprosartan, irbesartan, olmesartan, azilsartan, fimasartan, saprisartan, tasosartan, elisartan, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
In a preferred embodiment of the pharmaceutical composition of the invention the angiotensin II receptor antagonist is valsartan, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
Usually, in this preferred embodiment, the angiotensin II receptor antagonist is valsartan in the free form. In other words, typically, the valsartan is unsalted.
As will be described in more detail below in relation to the various forms of valsartan that may be employed in the present invention, the valsartan may be present in the composition as an amorphous solid, a crystalline solid, or it may be adsorbed on a solid carrier or matrix. Indeed, novel amorphous and crystalline forms of unsalted valsartan and valsartan dispersed or adsorbed in a solid, liquid or polymeric carrier or matrix or exeipient are discussed hereinbelow, which may optionally be employed as the valsartan in the pharmaceutical composition of the invention. The valsartan which is employed in the composition may be in the form of an amorphous solid. Typically the amorphous valsartan is unsalted, i.e. in the free form.
Alternatively, the valsartan may be in crystalline form. Typically the crystalline valsartan is unsalted, i.e. in the free form.
As also described elsewhere herein, when valsartan is employed as the angiotensin II receptor antagonist in the pharmaceutical composition of the invention, the valsartan may be adsorbed on a solid carrier or matrix. The valsartan may for instance be adsorbed on any of the following solid carriers or matrices: Amberlite ® XAD-4; Amberlite ® XAD-7; Amberlite ® XAD-16;
AMBERSORB ® 348F; AMBERSORB ® 563; AMBERSORB ® 572; Activated carbon; Activated carbon Darco ®; Activated carbon Darco ® G-60; Activated carbon Darco ® KB; Activated carbon Darco ® KB-B; Activated carbon Norit ®; silica gel; silica gel with high pore volume (e.g. 0.75 cc/g and average pore diameter 60A); calcium hydrogen phosphate; maltose; lactose; cellulose; starch; talc and mixtures thereof. The valsartan may alternatively for instance be dissolved or dispersed in a liquid or polymeric carrier or matrix, as is described in more detail elsewhere herein. For instance, the valsartan may be dispersed in polyvinylpyrrolidone (PVP), polyethylene glycol (PEG) or chocolate, for instance in PVP or PEG. Typically the valsartan adsorbed on the solid carrier or matrix is unsalted, e.g. in the free form.
In another embodiment of the pharmaceutical composition of the invention, the angiotensin II receptor antagonist is losartan or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. The losartan is typically in the form of a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of losartan. The pharmaceutically acceptable salt of losartan may be the approved salt, losartan potassium, or a salt of losartan with a mineral acid. The salt of losartan with a mineral acid may for instance be selected from losartan hydriodide, losartan sulfate, losartan nitrate, losartan phosphate, losartan phosphite, losartan sulphite, losartan sulfamate, losartan thiocyanate, losartan tetraborate and losartan tetrafluoroborate.
The losartan employed in the pharmaceutical composition of the invention is often in crystalline form. Typically the crystalline losartan is in the salt form. For instance losartan potassium or a salt of losartan with a mineral acid, as discussed above.
The losartan may be dispersed in a liquid or polymeric carrier or matrix, as is described in more detail elsewhere herein. For instance, the losartan, which may be in salt form as discussed above, may dispersed in PVP, PEG or chocolate, for instance in PVP or PEG.
In another embodiment of the pharmaceutical composition of the invention, the angiotensin II receptor antagonist is candesartan or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. The pharmaceutical composition of this embodiment of the invention may be as further defined anywhere herein for the pharmaceutical composition of the invention.
In another embodiment of the pharmaceutical composition of the invention, the angiotensin II receptor antagonist is eprosartan or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. The pharmaceutical composition of this embodiment of the invention may be as further defined anywhere herein for the pharmaceutical composition of the invention.
In another embodiment of the pharmaceutical composition of the invention, the angiotensin II receptor antagonist is irbesartan or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. The pharmaceutical composition of this embodiment of the invention may be as further defined anywhere herein for the pharmaceutical composition of the invention.
In another embodiment of the pharmaceutical composition of the invention, the angiotensin II receptor antagonist is olmesartan or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. The pharmaceutical composition of this embodiment of the invention may be as further defined anywhere herein for the pharmaceutical composition of the invention.
In another embodiment of the pharmaceutical composition of the invention, the angiotensin II receptor antagonist is azilsartan or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. The pharmaceutical composition of this embodiment of the invention may be as further defined anywhere herein for the pharmaceutical composition of the invention.
In another embodiment of the pharmaceutical composition of the invention, the angiotensin II receptor antagonist is telmisartan or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. The pharmaceutical composition of this embodiment of the invention may be as further defined anywhere herein for the pharmaceutical composition of the invention.
In another embodiment of the pharmaceutical composition of the invention, the angiotensin II receptor antagonist is fimasartan or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. The pharmaceutical composition of this embodiment of the invention may be as further defined anywhere herein for the pharmaceutical composition of the invention.
In another embodiment of the pharmaceutical composition of the invention, the angiotensin II receptor antagonist is saprisartan or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. The pharmaceutical composition of this embodiment of the invention may be as further defined anywhere herein for the pharmaceutical composition of the invention.
In another embodiment of the pharmaceutical composition of the invention, the angiotensin II receptor antagonist is tasosartan or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. The pharmaceutical composition of this embodiment of the invention may be as further defined anywhere herein for the pharmaceutical composition of the invention.
In another embodiment of the pharmaceutical composition of the invention, the angiotensin II receptor antagonist is elisartan or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. The pharmaceutical composition of this embodiment of the invention may be as further defined anywhere herein for the pharmaceutical composition of the invention.
The angiotensin II receptor antagonist employed in the compositions of the present invention is typically selected from valsartan and losartan. The valsartan or losartan may be in the free form, or in the form of a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of valsartan or losartan, or indeed in the form of a cocrystal of valsartan or losartan. Various particular forms of valsartan and losartan, and their preparation are described herein, any of which may be employed in the pharmaceutical composition of the invention.
The angiotensin II receptor antagonist employed in the compositions of the invention is usually valsartan. The valsartan may be in the free form, or in the form of a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of valsartan, or indeed in the form of a cocrystal of valsartan. Various particular forms of valsartan and their preparation are described herein, any of which may be employed in the pharmaceutical composition of the invention.
The angiotensin II receptor antagonist employed in the compositions and formulations of the invention may for instance be losartan. The losartan may be in the free form, or in the form of a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of losartan, or indeed in the form of a cocrystal of losartan. Various particular forms of losartan and their preparation are described herein, any of which may be employed in the pharmaceutical composition of the invention.
Valsartan and losartan are medically powerful drugs with major benefits over other drugs, but they each suffer from a short half-life which manifests itself as causing the body to become devoid of drug in the pk plasma during the early hours after the drug has metabolized below the minimum inhibitory concentration, causing a marked increase in early morning stroke, heart attack and associated death. This phenomenon is known as the early morning deficit or nocturnal deficit problem and is associated with a marked increase in morbidity. The present inventors have surprisingly found a way to give rapidity, longevity and dose to dose action within the therapeutic window from dose to dose, which also leads to a marked reduction in side effect profile. It has been found that a multicomponent tablet gives the benefit of one or more of the technical effects selected from, rapidity, longevity and dose to dose maintenance within the therapeutic window.
The following formulation information is included to show how such a formulation can be made and used. The sections on rapidity, dose to dose maintenance within the therapeutic window and dose to dose longevity are incorporated by reference and form the basis where one or more of the end points are addressed and dealt with. Longevity is the key issue and the present application provides clear direction on how this can be achieved and how such formulations can be made.
Valsartan is the active ingredient in Diovan®, which is approved for use in the treatment of hypertension, either alone or in combination with other antihypertensive agents, and for heart failure in patients who are intolerant of angiotensin converting enzyme inhibitors. The choice of a form of a pharmaceutical agent having acidic functional groups is not a matter of routine. The fact that Novartis (the originator company) markets one specific crystalline form of the unsalted compound could lead one skilled in the art to believe that other forms were less preferred since this form of the unsalted compound has a low aqueous solubility and is therefore restricted in its utility for general therapeutic formulations. The choice of forms of valsartan other than the prior art forms is not therefore prima facie obvious in view of this technical prejudice and other concerns about the formation and properties of such forms. There are problems and technical hurdles to be overcome when selecting a form other than the prior art compounds such as whether a different form can exist at all, whether the properties of such a form would be satisfactory, comparable or better than the prior art forms.
Whether a suitable method exists for the preparation of a form other than the prior art forms is not a matter of routine experimentation.
There is a need to find alternative forms of valsartan other than the prior art forms which are pharmaceutically acceptable, and which have improved stability, solubility, purity and ease of use compared to the prior art forms. Such forms apart from finding use in medical therapy are also useful in providing new active ingredients containing the active moiety valsartan which could form the basis for providing new value-added line extenders in the form of advantageous formulations or new uses.
The inventors have surprisingly found that various novel amorphous, crystalline, and liquid forms of unsalted valsartan and valsartan dispersed or adsorbed in a solid, liquid or polymeric carrier or matrix or excipient, can be prepared and have properties which permit these forms to be used in pharmaceutical preparations and in the preparation of novel and improved pharmaceutical products.
Losartan potassium is the active ingredient in Cozaar® and one of the active ingredients of Hyzaar® which have been approved for use in the treatment of hypertension, chronic renal failure and diabetic neuropathy. The choice of a form of a pharmaceutical agent having a basic functional group is not a matter of routine. The fact that Merck (the originator company) only markets the potassium salt could lead one skilled in the art to believe that other forms were less preferred since the potassium salt is an unusual choice of salt to market. The choice of salts and forms of losartan other than those described in the prior art is not therefore prima facie obvious in view of this technical prejudice and other concerns about the formation and properties of such salts and forms. There are problems and technical hurdles to be overcome when selecting a salt or form other than those described in the prior art such as whether a different salt or form can exist at all, whether the properties of such a salt or form would be satisfactory, comparable or better than those described in the prior art. Whether a suitable method exists for the preparation of a salt or form other than those described in the prior art is not a matter of routine experimentation.
There is a need to find alternative forms of losartan other than those described in the prior art which are pharmaceutically acceptable. Such forms apart from finding use in medical therapy and as useful intermediates are also useful in providing new active ingredients containing the active moiety of losartan which could form the basis for providing new value-added line extenders in the form of advantageous formulations or new uses.
The inventors have surprisingly found that novel salts and forms of losartan combined with certain mineral acids can be prepared and have properties which permit the salts and forms to be used in pharmaceutical preparations and as intermediates for purification and in the preparation of other pharmaceutical products. Whilst the compounds of the present invention - in particular the novel forms and formulations of the sartans, particularly of valsartan or losartan - are prima facie inventive, they also show unexpected advantages and /or overcome technical prejudice. When hereinafter mentioned, the issue of whether a particular novel form would have advantageous properties in this area over prior art forms would not be predictable. Therefore an advantage of the present novel forms over the prior art forms would be an unexpected advantage. Examples of unexpected advantages are selected from one or more of the following:
Advantages during manufacture in terms of the timing and cost of production, availability of starting materials, reproducibility, and safety.
Advantages during manufacture in terms of improved yield and purity. The yield is established by comparison of the weights of cost-critical starting material and product making allowance for molecular weights and purities. Purities are established by hplc, gc or other conventional analytical method by means of a validated procedure and comparison with a reference standard. See for example Remington: The Science and Practice of Pharmacy 20th edition, Alfonso R Gennaro editor, Lippincott, Williams, and Wilkins, Philadelphia USA, ISBN 0-683-306472, page 597.
Advantages during manufacture in terms of improved filterability, for example the avoidance of clogging or blinding of filter cloths, and the need for large or expensive or sophisticated filtration apparatus. Filterability testing procedures are based on the concept of VmaX. VmaX modelling is based on the theory that there is some maximum volume of a fluid which will pass a filter at a given pressure. At that point, the flow across the filter will be zero and therefore the resistance of the pad to flow infinite. On the basis of this model the rate of flow of filtrate is proportional to the driving force and the cross-sectional area of the filter bed. Measurements of flow rates and timing of standardised operations may be used to demonstrate advantage.
Advantages during manufacture in terms of improved wash ability result from the physical properties of the material and the size, shape and surface properties of any particles may be present, which are not per se predictable. Quantification is possible by measurement of, for example, the volume and cost of solvent, duration of agitation, and number of washes required to achieve a standardised reduction in adherent impurity levels. Another relevant factor which would constitute an advantage is a reduction in the loss of product resulting from washing procedures.
Advantages during manufacture in terms of improved ease of drying also result from the physical properties of the material and the size, shape and surface properties of the material, which are not per se predictable. Quantification is achievable by measurement of the length of time and temperature in a specific drying apparatus to achieve a standardised reduction in the solvent level in a standardised quantity of product. Other relevant factors which may give rise to an advantage include the need for agitation, and the need for or suitability for use in efficient apparatus such as filter driers. Improvements in the colour of a product are linked in perception and often in reality with purity and quality, so may constitute a valuable advantage. Standard colour tests are described in the major pharmacopoeias, for example the European Pharmacopoeia 4th edition 2001, and United States Pharmacopeia 24rd edition 1999-2003 and for example USP 2000 page 1926. Colour may be defined as the perception or subjective response of an observer to the objective stimulus of radiant energy in the visible spectrum extending over a range 400nm to 700nm in wavelength. Three attributes are commonly used to identify a colour: 1) hue, or the quality by which one colour family is distinguished from another, such as red, yellow, blue, green and intermediate terms; 2) value, or the quality that distinguishes a light colour from a dark one; and 3) Chroma, or the quality that distinguishes a strong colour from a weak one, or the extent to which a colour differs from a grey of the same value. The perception of colour and colour matches is dependent on conditions of viewing and illumination. Determinations should be made using diffuse, uniform illumination under conditions that reduce shadows and non-spectral reflectance to a minimum. The surfaces of powders should be smoothed under gentle pressure so that a planar surface free from irregularities is presented. Liquids should be compared in matched colour-comparison tubes, against a white background. If results are found to vary with illumination, those obtained in natural or artificial daylight are to be considered correct. Colours of standards should be as close as possible to those of the test specimens for quantifying colour differences. Instrumental methods for measurement of colour provide more objective data than the subjective viewing of colours by a small number of individuals.
The extent to which a product is associated with chemical impurities arising from earlier stages of synthesis is essentially unpredictable and depends both on the synthetic process, the nature of reagents used in the process, and on the physical, chemical, and surface properties of the product. For example a novel polymorph or pseudo polymorph will have a different and unpredictable profile of trace impurities than a comparator product. Quantification may be achieved by measurement and characterisation of impurity profiles, for example by GC-MS or LC-MS analysis and comparison with a reference material. Identification of all impurities is not essential providing sufficient
characterisation is obtained from the analytical methodology, though it is of course desirable.
From the point of view of manufacturing and formulation efficiency high bulk density in a product is generally regarded as an advantage, since it allows for smaller apparatus and more acceptable unit doses. Furthermore, the need for costly grinding and compaction procedures can be avoided or at least reduced. The European Pharmacopoeia describes definitions and methods by which bulk density of a powder may be measured. Apart from the inherent density of a material which depends on factors such as crystal structure which is unpredictable, there is also the contribution of inter particulate void volume which is equally unpredictable. The bulk density is determined by measuring the volume of a known mass of powder, which has been passed through a screen, into a graduated cylinder. The tapped density is achieved by mechanically tapping a measuring cylinder containing a powder sample. After observing the initial volume, the cylinder is mechanically tapped, and volume readings are taken until little further volume change is observed.
The ability of a powder to flow efficiently through manufacturing apparatus is a significant factor affecting the economics of manufacture and will vary according to the form of material. For example different polymorphs and pseudo polymorphs will have different inherent flow properties, though isolation procedures will also have an effect. Suitable definitions and methods of
measurement are described in standard reference texts, for example European Pharmacopoeia 4th edition 2001, and United States Pharmacopeia 24rd edition 1999-2003 and Remington: The Science and Practice of Pharmacy 20th edition, Alfonso R Gennaro editor, Lippincott, Williams, and Wilkins, Philadelphia USA. Measurement may be for example in terms of the angle of repose, which may be determined experimentally by a number of methods with slightly differing results. A typical method is to pour the powder in a conical heap on a level, flat surface and measure the included angle with the horizontal.
One of the factors affecting the safety of a manufacturing process and hence the cost of the manufacturing facility is the flammability of a material. Typical measurement procedure include the "Burning Rate Test" or "Fire Train Test" as defined in United States Department of Transportation and United Nations regulations (49 CFR 173 Appendix E and UN Recommendations on the
Transport of Dangerous Goods, also EEC Directive 79/831 Annex Part A: Methods for the
Determination of Physio-Chemical Properties 3.10 Flammability of Solids. A typical test involves applying a source of ignition to a powder "train" measuring 250 mm x 20 mm x 10 mm and measuring the rate at which the powder burns.
Another unpredictable property of particulate pharmaceutical products which affects safety and hence cost of manufacture is the tendency to produce dusts or fines during processing, which dusts or fines vary in their hazardous nature. This property is associated with the static electrical properties of the material. Standard test methods and protocols exist to quantify these problems. For example BS 5958 part 1 - Code of practice for control of undesirable static electricity, British Standards Institute, 1991; VDI Fortschritt-Berichte 2263; ISO 6184/1; IEC 1241-2-1, Electrical apparatus for use in the presence of combustible dust Part 2: Test methods, Section 1 : Methods for determining the minimum ignition temperatures of dust. International Electrotechnical Commission, first edition, 1994-12
Other advantages which differentiate unpredictably between alternative forms of a drug substance may be quantified in terms of improved chemical stability. Standard test methods are described in the major pharmacopoeias and are also referenced on the US Food and Drug
Administration Web site. Typically accelerated storage tests are performed by storage for a period of 1 year or more at elevated temperature (e.g.40°C) and at standard humidity conditions (e.g. 75% RH), with samples being taken at regular intervals of approximately 1 month and assayed for overall purity, specific impurities, and a general impurity screen. In addition, chemical interactions between drug substance and typical excipients used for formulation will differ for different forms of a drug substance, making one form advantageous in one formulation, though not necessarily advantageous in a different formulation. Examples include the interaction between amine drugs and lactose.
Stability to irradiation, especially visible and ultra-violet light is of increasing importance in pharmaceutical science and represents another area in which alternative forms of a drug substance may have significantly and unpredictably different properties. Testing details, such as light source, flux density, and duration are described in Federal Register Notices Volume 62, Number 95, pages 27115-27122, together with recommendations for analytical methodology and assessment of results.
Pharmaceutical materials with relatively high melting points are generally easier to formulate and are subject to less attrition and clumping during processing. Melting points and glass transition temperatures will differ greatly for different polymorphs, pseudo polymorphs, or other forms of a drug and are in essence unpredictable. Methods for measuring melting points are well-described in the European Pharmacopoeia 4th edition 2001, and United States Pharmacopeia 24rd edition 1999- 2003. Various methods are acceptable but differ in detail, for example the melting point determined by the capillary method is the temperature at which the last solid particle of a compact column of a substance in a tube passes into the liquid phase. Suitable apparatus is described in the above mentioned publications and may be calibrated using melting point reference substances such as those of the World Health Organisation or other appropriate substances.
Some materials have a tendency to change their physical form during storage, which can be a disadvantage in pharmaceutical manufacture. For example materials can settle and compact and lose their ability to low freely. One polymorphic form may wholly or partially convert to another over an uncertain time-frame, or solvates and hydrates may lose their solvent or water, and the resultant change in the physical properties of the drug substance can lead to a formulation with uncertain, unreliable, and unpredictable characteristics. Clearly a polymorphic conversion can only occur from a less stable to a more stable form, so there are advantages associated with thermodynamic stability, and the relative stability of a novel form is a priori unpredictable.
All substances absorb moisture when exposed to different relative humidity environments, but the extent and humidity response and temperature response varies very considerably. The term hygroscopicity describes both the rate and the extent of water uptake. It is well established that hygroscopic products are difficult to handle and hence more expensive to formulate. Hygroscopicity is not a priori predictable, and an alternative form may well be advantageous in this respect.
Apparatus for measurement of moisture contents of samples under controlled humidity conditions is available commercially, e.g from I Holland Ltd., Nottingham, U.K. Simple measurements may be made by monitoring the appearance and weight of samples exposed to atmospheres of known constant humidity and temperature, as described in, for example, The Merck Index 12th edition, Merck and Co Inc. An important property of a drug substance is its solubility in water and other solvents. There is a link between solubility and bioavailability in as much as very water-insoluble drugs can only be made bioavailable by very careful formulation. The need for high solubility in water or other parenteral media is self-evident, and in general both high, moderate, or low solubility's can be important for different formulations. Formulations designed for sustained release may benefit from very low aqueous solubility. Apparatus and procedures for the measurement of solubility are described in detail in both the European Pharmacopoeia 4th edition 2001, and United States
Pharmacopeia 24rd edition 1999-2003.
Another property that influences the ability of a drug substance to go into solution and which varies among different solid forms of a drug substance is the degree of wetting, which affects the rate of dissolution. Wetting is the ability of liquids to form boundary surfaces with solid materials, and is determined by measuring the contact angle which a liquid forms in contact with a solid. The smaller the contact angle the larger the wetting tendency. Wetting phenomena are described in Remington: The Science and Practice of Pharmacy 20th edition, Alfonso R Gennaro editor, Lippincott, Williams, and Wilkins, Philadelphia USA on pages 278-9. In order for immersion of a solid to occur, the liquid must displace air and spread over the surface of the solid. When liquids cannot spread over a solid surface spontaneously, and therefore the spreading coefficient S is negative, it is said that the solid is not wetted. An important parameter reflecting the degree of wetting is the angle made by the liquid with the solid surface at the point of contact. By convention, when wetting is complete, the contact angle is 0°. In non-wetting situations it theoretically can increase to a value of 180°, where a spherical droplet makes contact with solid at only one point.
The ability of different forms of a drug to admix with specific common excipients across the formulation / delivery range of technologies is very important and will differ in a non-predictable manner depending on the specific properties of the drug form. Pharmaceutical excipients are substances, other than the active pharmaceutical ingredient, that are used in the finished dosage form. There are very many widely differing excipients each with particular characteristics which form the basis of many widely differing formulations. Excipients and their properties are described in detail in the pharmaceutical literature, for example in Remington: The Science and Practice of Pharmacy 20th edition, Alfonso R Gennaro editor, Lippincott, Williams, and Wilkins, Philadelphia USA. They serve many functions, for example they stabilise the drug substance by providing antioxidant, heavy -metal chelating, or light-protection properties. They also may be used to enhance bioavailability and to control the release from dosage forms. For solid dosage forms, they provide suitable properties for dispensing the drug substance in accurate dosage units that have reproducible release properties. Diluents provide a flow able bulk, binders hold powders together after wet granulation, lubricants provide punch-releasing properties, and disintegrates help to disperse dosage forms in the GI tract. There is a risk, which may be avoided by careful selection of the form of the drug, of incompatibilities between drug substance and excipients. Screens to detect drug-excipient incompatibilities have been developed using elevated temperature and added water to accelerate potential interactions in ternary and more complex powder blends (Serajuddin ATM et al Pharm Res 1991 8(suppl): S103) and such methods have been shown to be capable of rapidly detecting chemical incompatibilities and giving good correlations with results using powder blends of drug and excipients at elevated temperatures and humidity.
The invention provides novel forms of amorphous, crystalline and liquid valsartan. Such novel forms of valsartan may be employed as the angiotensin II receptor antagonist in any of the formulations of the present invention.
In one aspect of this invention, the novel form of valsartan may be a form of amorphous solid. Such amorphous valsartan may be used as an ingredient for inclusion in a range of formulations such as conventional tablets and capsules, in particular, a chewable tablet, or formulated into a chewing gum or suspension or liquid for oral administration, or may be prepared in a form in which valsartan is absorbed in a carrier, for example an excipient or a mixture of excipients for tabletting or other formulation, or as a solution in a wax or similar pharmaceutically acceptable polymer, such as PEG or PVA. In one preferred aspect of the invention, the amorphous form of valsartan is formulated as a component of a sweet or chocolate based confection. The novel amorphous forms of valsartan are understood to exclude the amorphous forms of valsartan described in the prior art.
Alternatively, the novel form of valsartan may be in crystalline form. More than one novel crystalline form may be possible and polymorphs and pseudo polymorphs including hydrates and solvates also form an aspect of this invention. The novel valsartan is understood to exclude the crystalline valsartan's described in the prior art.
In a third aspect of this invention, liquids containing valsartan may be formed for oral or parenteral administration to a patient in need thereof. Such liquids may be prepared by conventional methods such as dissolving or suspending a crystalline or amorphous material in a suitable solvent.
The present invention specifically covers:
Novel amorphous forms of unsalted valsartan.
Novel crystalline forms of unsalted valsartan.
Liquid solutions and suspensions containing unsalted valsartan.
Unsalted valsartan adsorbed on the following solid carriers or matrices: Amberlite ® XAD-4;
Amberlite ® XAD-7; Amberlite ® XAD-16; AMBERSORB ® 348F; AMBERSORB ® 563; AMBERSORB ® 572; Activated carbon; Activated carbon Darco ®;
Activated carbon Darco ® G-60; Activated carbon Darco ® KB; Activated carbon Darco ® KB-B; Activated carbon Norit ®; silica gel; silica gel with high pore volume (e.g. 0.75 cc/g and average pore diameter 60A); and materials from other
manufacturers having similar properties. Unsalted valsartan adsorbed on the following solid carriers or matrices: common excipients including but not limited to calcium hydrogen phosphate, maltose, lactose, cellulose, starch, talc and mixtures thereof.
The preparation of un-salted valsartan is described in US patent 5,399,578, WO 2004 87681, WO 2004 83192, and WO 2003 89417. All these patent specifications are incorporated herein by reference. Solutions of valsartan may be prepared in a variety solvent, inter alia those quoted in the preceding references. For example unsalted valsartan may be dissolved in methanol at a
concentration of 1 gram in 5 ml, in ethanol at a concentration of 1 gram in 6 ml, in propan-2-ol at a concentration of 1 gram in 7 ml, in acetone at a concentration of 1 gram in 14 ml,or in a mixture of water and ethanol ( 1 : 1 by volume) at a concentration of 1 gram in 30 ml, with ultra sonication and warming. Alternatively valsartan may be dissolved in ethyl acetate or diethyl ether.
Amorphous valsartan may be prepared by rapid vacuum evaporation of a solution or by spray drying a solution. The product may be dried under high vacuum and elevated temperature until the solvents are reduced to an acceptable level (below 0.2%). Alternatively purification can be taken further by the use of short path distillation at ultra high vacuum or molecular distillation, for example at pressures at or below 10-5 mm Hg. The technology and apparatus and also suitable procedures for molecular distillation are described in the following publications which are incorporated herein by reference: Vogel's Textbook of Practical Organic Chemistry 5th edition, published by Longman Scientific & Technical; The Applications of Molecular Distillation by Janos Hollo, Academiai Kiado, Budapest, 1971. Suitable apparatus includes, but is not limited to the following commercial instruments: Leybold Hochvakuum Anlagen commercial still models MO 3, 5, M13, M14,and M15, Falling film/wiped film stills e.g Speedivac TM™ Edwards High Vacuum Ltd; Asco 50 Rota-film Still from Arthur Smith Co.; Centrifugal stills models CMS-36 and CMS-60 from Consolidated Vacuum Corporation.
Alternatively, a solution of pharmaceutically pure unsalted valsartan may be prepared by chromatographic techniques, such as by means of a continuous counter-current adsorption process, for example simulated moving bed chromatography (US Patent No. 2,985,589). A typical industrial implementation of this technology utilises a four zone cascade apparatus, and suitable conditions may be determined by the procedures discussed in Journal of Chromatography A, vol. 702, pages 97-112 (1995). Other methods of purification include recrystallization, for example from di-isopropyl ether or a mixture of ethyl acetate and n-hexane (1 : 1).
If a vacuum evaporation technique is used to isolate amorphous valsartan, it should be carried out as rapidly as possible and under conditions which avoid the presence of seeds of any crystalline form, to avoid crystallisation of the prior art or other crystalline unsalted valsartan form. Solid or liquid excipients, matrices, carriers, or other formulation components may be added to the valsartan solution prior to evaporation to prepare novel forms of valsartan suitable for further formulation. If a spray drying technique is used, a concentration of between 2% and 40% weight/volume valsartan in solution, optionally at elevated temperature, may be used though a concentration of between 10 and 25% is preferred. Aqueous mixtures containing organic solvents may be spray dried in a closed loop spray dryer. If a closed loop spray drier is used the organic solvent content may be raised further up to 100%. The apparatus parameters are adjusted to give an acceptable product by routine means, but control of outlet gas temperature and solvent content of the outlet gas is particularly important. Hence it is preferred that the outlet temperature is kept above 40°C but below 70°C, more preferably below 50°C, and the solvent content of the outlet gases is kept below 2 grammes per 100 grammes, more preferably below 1.2 grammes per 100 grammes. The technology of spray drying is described in the following publications which are incorporated herein by reference: Spray-drying handbook 5th edition by K Masters, Longman Scientific & Technical, 1991 ISBN 0582062667; Spray-drying of pharmaceuticals for controlled release pulmonary drug delivery by Noha Patel, University of Bath, 2000; Spray-drying of particles intended for inhalation by Kristina Mos'em, Department of Pharmaceutics, Copenhagen, Danish University of Pharmaceutical Sciences 2003, ISBN 8778345243.
In a preferred embodiment of the spray drying procedure, the solution of valsartan may be mixed with a suspension of one or more finely powdered carriers, matrix materials, excipients or excipients in solution before spray drying, thus preparing in one step a platform formulation for tabletting or other preparation of a drug product. Known techniques may be employed to coat the particles with enteric or other known coatings for control of drug release after administration.
Drying to the full extent that is desirable for a stable pharmaceutical product is not always practicable during efficient use of the isolation apparatus, particularly in the case of spray drying, so in all the above procedures, a final air or vacuum drying step may be necessary to reduce residual water and solvent to an acceptable level.
One advantage of the amorphous valsartan of this invention is the suitability of this material for the formation of novel polymorphs and solvates of crystalline valsartan. Novel forms of crystalline valsartan are prepared by trituration of amorphous valsartan with one of the solvents (or a mixture of solvents) preferably from the following list of preferred solvents, i.e., diethyl ether, di- isopropyl ether, tert-butylmethylether, di-n-butyl ether, butylvinylether, tert-butylvinylether, tetrahydrofuran, 1,4-dioxane, n-heptane, n-hexane, cyclohexane, cyclopentane, toluene, o-xylene, m- xylene, p-xylene, dichloromethane, chloroform, carbon tetrachloride, chlorodibromofluoromethane.
Alternatively, a solvent (or a mixture of solvents) from the following list may be used to triturate and crystallise novel forms of valsartan: methyl acetate, ethyl acetate, propyl acetate, ethyl formate, isobutyl acetate, isobutyl formate, acetonitrile, isobutyronitrile, acetone, butanone, isopropylmethylketone, isobutylmethylketone, tert-butylmethylketone, sec-butylmethylketone, n- butylmethylketone, cyclopentanone, cyclohexanone. Other more polar solvents which also have utility for trituration are the following: water, methanol, ethanol, n-propanol, propan-2-ol, 1-butanol, isobutyl alcohol, cyclopentanol, 2- ethoxyethanol, 2-methyl-2-butanol, ethyleneglycol, tert-butanol, acetic acid, propionic acid.
And, though less preferred, the solvents below may also be used for trituration: N,N- dimethylformamide, Ν,Ν'-dimethylacetamide, N-methylpyrrolidone, formamide, anisole, sulfolane, nitromethane, Ν,Ν'-dimethylpropyleneurea, dimethylsulfoxide, benzene , chlorobenzene, 1,2- dichlorobenzene, 4-methylmoφholine, Ν,Ν,Ν',Ν'-tetramethylethylenediamine, pyridine , diisopropylamine, triethylamine, aqueous ammonia.
Suitable trituration techniques include addition of a small amount of solvent to the amorphous material, insufficient to cause complete solution, and scratching with a glass rod and/or
ultrasonication. Scratching is carried out in a glass tube for periods of approximately 5-10 minutes at a time, then leaving the tube to stand for 1 to 2 hours. Preferably the suspension/paste is brought onto the sides of the vessel during scratching to allow partial evaporation of the solvent. The procedure is then repeated several times. Alternatively the process may be automated by agitating the
suspension/paste very vigorously with a small magnetic stirrer in the presence of some quartz anti- bumping granules or other abrasive material such as carborundum. Alternatively the mixture may be subjected to thermal shock by repeated cyclic ultra-freezing with liquid nitrogen followed by heating. Combinations of these techniques may be used.
Another technique which may be employed is to raise the temperature of the amorphous material above the glass point and to raise and lower the temperature in a cyclic manner. This technique may be used in combination with thermal shock treatment and scratching.
After trituration, the crystalline product is dried under moderate vacuum to remove excess solvent but not such vigorous conditions as to desolate any solvate that may have been formed.
The existence of a novel crystalline product may be demonstrated by a combination of techniques. Solution NMR and or elemental analysis may be used to demonstrate that valsartan is present and any solvate or hydrate. The product is characterised by one or more of the following techniques: infra-red spectroscopy, Raman spectroscopy, X-ray powder or single crystal diffraction, solid-state NMR, melting point, DSC, DTA, optical and electron microscopy. The product may be present as a hydrate or a solvate.
Once a novel crystalline unsalted form of valsartan has been prepared on the small scale by one of the techniques described above so that seeds are available and a suitable solvent has been identified, other methods may be employed which are more suitable for large scale synthesis. For example, direct crystallisation from a solvent or solvent mixture. The solution is made supersaturated by cooling, partial evaporation, or addition of an anti-solvent. Alternatively, crystallisation from a supercritical fluid may be employed.
Repeated application of the above techniques for inducing crystallisation of amorphous valsartan may give rise to more than one novel crystal form, including polymorphs and pseudo polymorphs such as hydrates and solvates. Even when products are the same crystal form as determined by spectroscopic methods, it is often the case that the product that crystallises from one set of solvent conditions will have superior properties from a product obtained from another set of conditions. This may be the result of an improved crystal shape (habit) or density. Additional ways of preparing polymorphs and pseudo polymorphs include repeated small-scale precipitation from a range of solvents (for example the lists of solvents recommended for trituration procedures above) by heating to dissolution, then cooling or partly evaporating. In addition an anti -solvent may be added (selected from those solvents which experimentally are found not to dissolve valsartan, even with heating). Preferably non-crystalline valsartan is used for these preparations since this minimises the presence of pre-existing crystal forms which may inhibit the production of alternative crystalline products. Alternatively, hydrates and solvates may be treated with solvents or subjected to a range of different humidity's to give other solvates or hydrates. Alternatively, the solvates or hydrates may be subjected to vacuum or oven drying/desolations, or plunged into a non-dissolving hot solvent (for example xylene).
Alternatively existing crystalline or non-crystalline forms of valsartan may be subjected to a combination of very high pressure and optionally high temperature, for example melts, or amorphous material maintained above the glass temperature can be induced to crystallise to give a new product.
More stable polymorphs may be generated by means of a "polymorph amplifier" . This procedure comprises the preparation of a stirred suspension of a crystalline valsartan in a selected solvent (approximately 5-10% in solution at the lower temperature) and raising the temperature until approximately 90-95% of the solid is dissolved, then allowing the suspension to cool slowly, with stirring, until most of the valsartan has crystallised. This procedure is repeated cyclically many times, and the product at each stage tested for any change in form.
Crystallisation of novel crystal forms of valsartan may be brought about by crystallising (for example by evaporation) on quartz or other active surfaces.
Once a novel crystalline form has been produced by application of the above described techniques, improved direct crystallisation techniques can be determined by routine experimentation, since seeds of the new form will now be available.
As will be discussed further below, the valsartan products of this invention may also be prepared as solid or liquid solutions or dispersions in a liquid or polymeric carrier or matrix. Such valsartan products may be employed in any of the formulations of the present invention. Suitable ratios of valsartan to liquid or polymeric carrier or matrix material may vary from 1 : 100 to 10: 1, preferably from 1 :20 to 3: 1. As will be appreciated by he skilled person, the term "ratios" in this context refers to weight ratios.
The invention also provides amorphous, crystalline or liquid losartan salts with certain mineral acids other than hydrochloric and hydrobromic acid. Such losartan salts may be employed as the angiotensin II receptor antagonist in any of the formulations of the present invention. In one aspect of this, the novel salts of losartan with mineral acids may be in the form of amorphous solids. Such amorphous losartan salts with mineral acids may be used as an ingredient for inclusion in a range of formulations such as conventional tablets and capsules, in particular, a chewable tablet or formulated into a chewing gum or suspension or liquid for oral administration, or may be prepared in a form in which the salt is absorbed in a carrier, for example an excipient or a mixture of excipients for tabletting or other formulation, or as a solution in a wax or similar pharmaceutically acceptable polymer, such as PEG or PVA. In one preferred aspect of the invention, the salt is formulated as a component of a sweet or chocolate based confection.
Alternatively, losartan salts with mineral acids may be in crystalline form. More than one crystalline form or stoichiometry may be possible and such stoichiometries, polymorphs and pseudo polymorphs including hydrates and solvates also form an aspect of this invention.
Alternatively, losartan salts with mineral acids may be in liquid form. Such liquids may be prepared by conventional methods such as dissolving a crystalline or amorphous material in a suitable solvent.
Losartan is the active moiety in losartan potassium which is the active ingredient in Cozaar® and Hyzaar®.
The term mineral acid is understood by one skilled in the art. It should be appreciated that mineral acids are inorganic molecules and do not incorporate carboxylic acid functional groups in their chemical structure.
Examples of salted versions of losartan with mineral acids include: Losartan hydriodide, Losartan sulfate, Losartan nitrate, Losartan phosphate, Losartan phosphite, Losartan sulphite, Losartan sulfamate, Losartan thiocyanate, Losartan tetraborate and Losartan tetrafluoroborate.
The preparation of un-salted losartan is described in U.S. patent 5, 138,069, WO 93/10106, U.S. patent 5, 130,439, U.S. patent 5,206,374, U.S. Ser. No. 07/911,813, and US patent 5,153, 197, all of which patent specifications are incorporated herein by reference.
Alternatively, a solution of losartan potassium may be prepared from the commercially available salt by dissolving it in ethanol, water, or other suitable solvent, with optional heating. Un- salted losartan may be obtained by acidifying an aqueous solution of losartan potassium to pH 3-3.5, for example 10 g losartan potassium in 40 ml water with optional warming, in the presence of tetrahydrofuran (40 ml) and chlorobenzene (40 ml). The organic phase may then be separated and dried, and the un-salted losartan obtained by evaporation of the resulting organic phase.
The mineral acids of this invention are available commercially from chemical suppliers such as Aldrich Chemical Company in the UK. In the case of losartan tetra borate, a suitable acid reagent is boric acid which is available commercially.
A solution of a salt of losartan with a mineral acid may be prepared by contacting losartan, optionally in solution, for example 1 g losartan dissolved in 5 ml tetrahydrofuran and 10 g chlorobenzene, with an aqueous solution of the mineral acid with optional heating at a concentration of 1% to 20% by weight. At least a stoichiometric quantity of the acid is advantageously used, but an excess, for example between 1.1 and 1.5 equivalents, is preferred and may be used to neutralise lower molecular weight impurities and ensure complete dissolution. Alternatively a water-miscible co- solvent may be used at a proportion of between 1 : 10 and 10: 1. Suitable acids include hydriodic acid, phosphoric acid (including partially neutralised phosphoric acid), sulfuric acid, nitric acid, phosphorous acid, sulfurous acid, sulfamic acid, thiocyanic acid, boric acid, and tetrafluoroboric acid. Suitable co-solvents include methanol, ethanol, n-propanol, propan-2-ol, acetone, 2-butanone, and acetonitrile or a mixture thereof. An amorphous losartan acid salt is then isolated by either rapid vacuum evaporation or spray drying, or freeze drying.
If a vacuum evaporation technique is used, it should be carried out as rapidly as possible and under conditions which avoid the presence of seeds of the crystalline salt, to avoid crystallisation of the salt.
If a spray drying technique is used, a concentration of between 2% and 40% weight/volume salt in solution, optionally at elevated temperature, may be used, though a concentration of between 10 and 25% is preferred. Aqueous mixtures containing organic solvents may be spray dried in a closed loop spray dryer. If a closed loop spray drier is used the organic solvent content may be raised further up to 100%. The apparatus parameters are adjusted to give an acceptable product by routine means, but control of outlet gas temperature and solvent content of the outlet gas is particularly important. Hence it is preferred that the outlet temperature is kept above 40°C but below 70°C, more preferably below 50°C, and the solvent content of the outlet gases is kept below 2 grams per 100 grams, more preferably below 1.2 grams per 100 grams. The technology of spray drying is described in the following publications which are incorporated herein by reference: Spray -drying handbook 5th edition by K Masters, Longman Scientific & Technical, 1991 ISBN 0582062667; Spray-drying of pharmaceuticals for controlled release pulmonary drug delivery by Noha Patel, University of Bath, 2000; Spray-drying of particles intended for inhalation by Kristina Mos'em, Department of
Pharmaceutics, Copenhagen, Danish University of Pharmaceutical Sciences 2003, ISBN
8778345243.
If a freeze-drying technique is used, the non-aqueous solvent content should be minimised to allow for a solid ice matrix for freeze-drying. Suitably the solution of the salt is frozen very rapidly from a temperature at which the solution is stable toward crystallisation, which may be an elevated temperature. Sufficiently rapid cooling avoids the formation of salt crystals during the freezing procedure. Freeze drying is accomplished by applying a high vacuum to the frozen salt/ice matrix so that water or water/solvent is removed by sublimation and the latent heat of evaporation keeps the matrix solid. On a small scale a simple glass flask may be used, alternatively a commercial freeze- drying apparatus may be used.
The technology of freeze-drying is described in the following publications which are incorporated herein by reference: Freeze-drying by Georg-Wilhelm Oetjen, Wiley-VCH, 2004, ISBN 352730620X; Freeze-drying/lyophilisation of pharmaceutical and biological products by Louis Rey & Joan C. May, Marcel Dekker, New York 1999, ISBN 0824719832. Additionally, freeze drying procedures and apparatus therefor are also provided to the skilled artisan by commercial manufacture of equipment such as APV Anhydrous (see brochures therefrom). Also see web site thereto which are incorporated herein by reference.
In a variation on freeze-drying, the solution may be added dropwise to a cold water-miscible solvent (-78°C, acetone/solid carbon dioxide bath) in which the product amorphous salt is insoluble. The salt droplets freeze on contact and the water is leached out of the ice droplets by the cold solvent.
In a variation of the spray drying procedure, the solution of losartan mineral acid salt may be mixed with a suspension of one or more finely powdered excipients or excipients in solution before spray drying, thus preparing in one step a platform formulation for tabletting or other preparation of a drug product. Known techniques may be employed to coat the particles with enteric or other known coatings for control of drug release after administration.
Drying to the full extent that is desirable for a stable pharmaceutical product is not always practicable during efficient use of the isolation apparatus, particularly in the case of spray drying, so in all the above procedures, a final air or vacuum drying step may be necessary to reduce residual water and solvent to an acceptable level.
Since some of the mineral acids are polybasic, such as sulfuric and phosphoric acids, it is possible to prepare salts with more than one molecular equivalent of losartan with respect to the mineral acid. Such salts need not necessarily be stoichiometric.
A solution of a salt of losartan may also be prepared by adding an acid of this invention to a solution of another acid salt of losartan. This procedure is particularly preferred if the original salt is with a weak acid and a strong acid is added. The original acid component may be removed by evaporation if it is volatile (e.g. acetic acid) or by filtration if the product can be induced to precipitate from solution, for example as a crystalline salt.
Crystalline salts of losartan with mineral acids may be prepared during attempted preparation of the amorphous salts if, for example, the rate of evaporation is too slow, alternatively crystalline salts of losartan with mineral acids may be prepared by trituration of the amorphous salts with one of the solvents (or a mixture of solvents) preferably from the following list of preferred solvents, i.e., diethyl ether, di-isopropyl ether, tert-butylmethylether, di-n-butyl ether, butylvinylether, tert- butylvinylether, tetrahydrofuran, 1,4-dioxane, n-heptane, n-hexane, cyclohexane, cyclopentane, toluene, o-xylene, m-xylene, p-xylene, dichloromethane, chloroform, carbon tetrachloride, chlorodibromofluoromethane .
Alternatively, a solvent (or a mixture of solvents) from the following list may be used to triturate and crystallise losartan salts with mineral acids: methyl acetate, ethyl acetate, propyl acetate, ethyl formate, isobutyl acetate, isobutyl formate, acetonitrile, isobutyronitrile, acetone, butanone, isopropylmethylketone, isobutylmethylketone, tert-butylmethylketone, sec-butylmethylketone, n- butylmethylketone, cyclopentanone, cyclohexanone.
Other more polar solvents which also have utility for trituration are the following: water, methanol, ethanol, n-propanol, propan-2-ol, 1-butanol, isobutyl alcohol, cyclopentanol, 2- ethoxyethanol, 2-methyl-2-butanol, ethyleneglycol, tert-butanol, acetic acid, propionic acid.
And, though less preferred, the solvents below may also be used for trituration: N,N- dimethylformamide, Ν,Ν'-dimethylacetamide, N-methylpyrrolidone, formamide, anisole, sulfolane, nitromethane, Ν,Ν'-dimethylpropyleneurea, dimethylsulfoxide, benzene , chlorobenzene, 1,2- dichlorobenzene, 4-methylmorpholine, Ν,Ν,Ν',Ν'-tetramethylethylenediamine, pyridine , diisopropylamine, triethylamine, aqueous ammonia.
Suitable trituration techniques include addition of a small amount of solvent to the amorphous salt, insufficient to cause complete solution, and scratching with a glass rod and/or ultra-sonication. Scratching is carried out in a glass tube for periods of approximately 5-10 minutes at a time, then leaving the tube to stand for 1 to 2 hours. Preferably the suspension/paste is brought onto the sides of the vessel during scratching to allow partial evaporation of the solvent. The procedure is then repeated several times. Alternatively the process may be automated by agitating the suspension/paste very vigorously with a small magnetic stirrer in the presence of some quartz anti-bumping granules or other abrasive material such as carborundum. Alternatively the mixture may be subjected to thermal shock by repeated cyclic ultra-freezing with liquid nitrogen followed by heating. Combinations of these techniques may be used.
Another technique which may be employed is to raise the temperature of the amorphous salt above the glass point and to raise and lower the temperature in a cyclic manner. This technique may be used in combination with thermal shock treatment and scratching.
After trituration, the crystalline product is dried under moderate vacuum to remove excess solvent but not such vigorous conditions as to desolate any solvate that may have been formed.
The existence of a crystalline salt may be demonstrated by a combination of techniques. Solution nmr and or elemental analysis is used to demonstrate that both acid and base components are present. The salt is characterised by one or more of the following techniques: infra-red spectroscopy, Raman spectroscopy, X-ray powder or single crystal diffraction, solid-state nmr, melting point, DSC, DTA, optical and electron microscopy. The salt may be present as a hydrate or a solvate.
In the case of salts with polybasic acids such as sulfuric acid, and phosphoric acid, the ratio of losartan to acid may be greater than 1 : 1 , for example 2 : 1. As the skilled person will appreciate, the "ratio" here refers to the molar ratio.
Once a crystalline salt has been prepared on the small scale by one of the techniques described above so that seeds are available and a suitable solvent has been identified, other methods may be employed which are more suitable for large scale synthesis. For example, direct
crystallisation from a solvent or solvent mixture which has been prepared by mixing the acid and base components optionally at elevated temperature. The solution is made supersaturated by cooling, partial evaporation, or addition of an ant solvent. Alternatively, crystallisation from a supercritical fluid may be employed. Alternatively a salt may be prepared by adding a soluble conjugate salt to a soluble salt of losartan in a solvent in which the target salt is insoluble, i.e. the salt of losartan with X is prepared by mixing losartan/Y with Z/X (a soluble salt of X). For example a salt of losartan with a mineral acid may be prepared by adding an ammonium salt of the mineral acid to a solution of a salt of losartan with a weak acid such as acetic acid or similar, preferably in the presence of seeds of the crystalline target salt. In a variation to this procedure, the mineral acid may be added directly or diluted with solvent to a solution of a salt of losartan with a weak acid such as acetic acid or similar. Once again it is preferable to add seeds of the losartan mineral acid salt to the supersaturated solution.
Repeated application of the above techniques for inducing crystallisation of amorphous losartan salts may give rise to more than one crystal form of each salt, including polymorphs and pseudo polymorphs such as hydrates and solvates. Even when products are the same crystal form as determined by spectroscopic methods, it is often the case that the product that crystallises from one set of solvent conditions will have superior properties from a product obtained from another set of conditions. This may be the result of an improved crystal shape (habit) or density. Additional ways of preparing polymorphs and pseudo polymorphs include repeated small-scale precipitation of salts from a range of solvents (for example the lists of solvents recommended for trituration procedures above) by heating to dissolution, then cooling or partly evaporating. In addition an anti-solvent may be added (selected from those solvents which experimentally are found not to dissolve the salt, even with heating). Preferably non-crystalline losartan salts are used for these preparations since this minimises the presence of pre-existing crystal forms which may inhibit the production of alternative crystalline products. Alternatively, hydrates and solvates may be treated with solvents or subjected to a range of different humidity's to give other solvates or hydrates. Alternatively, the solvates or hydrates may be subjected to vacuum or oven drying/desolation, or plunged into an immiscible hot solvent (for example xylene).
Alternatively existing crystalline forms may be subjected to a combination of very high pressure and optionally high temperature, for example melts, or amorphous material maintained above the glass temperature can be induced to crystallise to give a new product.
More stable polymorphs may be generated by means of a "polymorph amplifier". This procedure comprises the preparation of a stirred suspension of a crystalline salt in a selected solvent (approximately 5-10% in solution at the lower temperature) and raising the temperature until approximately 90-95% of the solid is dissolved, then allowing the suspension to cool slowly, with stirring, until most of the salt has crystallised. This procedure is repeated cyclically many times, and the product at each stage tested for any change in form.
Crystallisation of novel crystal forms may be brought about by crystallising (for example by evaporation) on quartz or other active surfaces. Once a novel crystalline form has been produced by application of the above described techniques, improved direct crystallisation techniques can be determined by routine experimentation, since seeds of the new form will now be available.
The existence of polymorphs and pseudo polymorphs may be demonstrated by a combination of techniques. Solution NMR and or elemental analysis are used to demonstrate that both acid and base components are present. The salt is characterised by one or more of the following techniques: infra-red spectroscopy, Raman spectroscopy, X-ray powder or single crystal diffraction, solid-state NMR, melting point, DSC, DTA, optical and electron microscopy, measurements of density, wetting angle, solubility, stability, and flow properties.
The losartan salts of this invention may also be prepared as solid or liquid solutions or dispersions in a liquid or polymeric carrier or matrix. Suitable ratios of the losartan salt to liquid or polymeric carrier or matrix material may vary from 1: 100 to 10: 1, preferably from 1 :20 to 3: 1. As the skilled person will appreciate, "ratio" in this context refers to weight ratio. Such losartan salts, and such solutions or dispersions of the salts in a liquid or polymeric carrier or matrix, may be employed in any of the formulations of the present invention.
Also, as was mentioned earlier in the present application, the valsartan products of this invention may be prepared as solid or liquid solutions or dispersions in a liquid or polymeric carrier or matrix. Such valsartan products, and such solutions or dispersions of the valsartan in a liquid or polymeric carrier or matrix, may be employed in any of the formulations of the present invention. Suitable ratios of valsartan to liquid or polymeric carrier or matrix material may vary from 1 : 100 to 10: 1, preferably from 1 :20 to 3: 1. As the skilled person will appreciate, "ratio" in this context refers to weight ratio.
Such matrix dispersions may be prepared in a variety of ways; the losartan salt, or indeed the unsalted valsartan, may be added to the matrix material either as a solid or in solution and the matrix material itself may also be either in the form of a solid (or liquid, as appropriate) or in solution. If both materials are solids then heating and stirring of a melt may be utilised to form a homogenous mixture before the product is cooled, and either ground to a powder, or left as a liquid or semi-liquid suitable for further formulation. Various techniques are known for the formation of suitable granules and platform products from melts, for example spray congealing techniques to produce pellets have been described by Kanig J.Pharm Sci 53, 188, 1964 and by Kreuschner et al. Acta Pharm. Tech. 23, 159, 1980. A liquid matrix may be used to dissolve the solid salt, or a solution of the matrix product may be formed by mixing a solution of the salt with a solution of the matrix material, and the solvent subsequently removed by evaporation or spray-drying. Suitable solvents for preparing solid or liquid solutions or dispersions include water, common alcohols, ketones, esters, and ethers. Particularly preferred solvents are water, methanol, ethanol, n-propanol, propan-2-ol, 1-butanol, isobutyl alcohol, cyclopentanol, 2-ethoxyethanol, 2-methyl-2-butanol, ethyleneglycol, tert-butanol, acetone, butanone, isopropylmethylketone, isobutylmethylketone, tert-butylmethylketone, sec-butylmethylketone, n- butylmethylketone, cyclopentanone, cyclohexanone, methyl acetate, ethyl acetate, propyl acetate, ethyl formate, isobutyl acetate, isobutyl formate, diethyl ether, di-isopropyl ether, tert- butylmethylether, di-n -butyl ether, butylvinylether, tert-butylvinylether, tetrahydrofuran, 1,4-dioxane, dichloromethane, acetonitrile, and isobutyronitrile.
In a variation on the procedures described above for the preparation of amorphous losartan salts, the liquid or polymeric carrier or matrix material or solution thereof may form the solvent for the salt formation reaction. Hence the acid and base components may be added separately to the matrix material or solution thereof, optionally with heating to produce a melt or otherwise ensure a homogenous mixture. The product may then be cooled or evaporated and further treated to produce a form suitable for further formulation.
If a volatile solvent is used to form the matrix dispersion, it may be difficult to remove it all by evaporation. In the case of solvents such as water or ethanol this is not a problem and substantial residues may be tolerated, indeed may improve the stability and properties of the product. However residues which decrease the viscosity to the extent that crystallisation may occur on storage are undesirable. Less desirable solvents must be removed sufficiently by extended, optionally elevated temperature evaporation to ensure a pharmaceutically acceptable product.
Suitable liquid or polymeric carrier or matrix materials include the following: animal, vegetable or mineral oils, fats, waxes, chocolate, chewing gum base, maize oil, lecithin, groundnut oil, sunflower oil, cottonseed oil, lauroylmonoglyceride, lanolin, gelatin, isinglass, agar, carnauba wax, beeswax, polyvinylpyrrolidone (PVP), polyethylene glycol (PEG), polyethylene glycol esters, ovalbumin, soybean proteins, gum arabic, starch, modified starch, crospovidone, hydroxypropyl cellulose, methyl cellulose, carboxymethyl cellulose, sodium carboxymethyl cellulose, cellulose acetate phthalate, cellulose acetate butyrate, hydroxyethyl cellulose, hydroxypropylmethyl cellulose, ethyl cellulose, chicle, polypropylene, dextrans, including dexran 40, dextran 70 and dextran 75, dextrins, alpha-, beta-, gamma-cyclodextrins, hydroxypropyl-beta-cyclodextrins, alkylpolyglucosides, chitosan, polyvinylacetate, ethylene vinyl acetate, lectins, carbopols, silicon elastomers, polyacrylic polymers, maltodextrins, lactose, fructose, inositol, trehalose, maltose, raffinose, lauryl alcohol, polysorbate 80, almond oil; babassu oil; borage oil; blackcurrant seed oil; canola oil; castor oil;
coconut oil; corn oil; cottonseed oil; evening primrose oil; grapeseed oil; groundnut oil; mustard seed oil; olive oil; palm oil; palm kernel oil; peanut oil; rapeseed oil; safflower oil; sesame oil; shark liver oil; soybean oil; sunflower oil; hydrogenated castor oil; hydrogenated coconut oil; hydrogenated palm oil; hydrogenated soybean oil; hydrogenated vegetable oil; hydrogenated cottonseed and castor oil; partially hydrogenated soybean oil; soy oil; glyceryl tricaproate; glyceryl tricaprylate; glyceryl tricaprate; glyceryl triundecanoate; glyceryl trilaurate; glyceryl trioleate; glyceryl trilinoleate; glyceryl trilinolenate; glyceryl tricaprylate/caprate; glyceryl tricaprylate/caprate/laurate; glyceryl
tricaprylate/caprate/linoleate; glyceryl tricaprylate/caprate/stearate; saturated polyglycolized glycerides; linoleic glycerides; caprylic/capric glycerides; modified triglycerides; fractionated triglycerides; and mixtures thereof.
Preferred materials are PVP and PEG, which are available in various grades differing chiefly in their mean molecular weight. In the case of PVP this may be between 2,000 and 3,000,000, however material in the range 8,000 to 500,000 is more preferred e.g. PVP K-15, K-30, K-40, K-90. In the case of PEG products the mean molecular weight may be in the range 200 to 20,000, but 1,000 to 10,000 is more preferred e.g. PEG 2000, PEG 8000.
It should be appreciated that the valsartan products of the present invention may be prepared on any suitable scale according to the procedures herein outlined and those procedures which are conventional to one skilled in the art of pharmaceutical chemistry. Techniques for scale-up are described in the literature for example Pharmaceutical Process Scale-Up by Michael Levin, Marcel Dekker, New York 2003, ISBN 0824706250, which publication is incorporated herein by reference.
It should also be appreciated that the losartan salts of the present invention may be prepared on any suitable scale according to the procedures herein outlined and those procedures which are conventional to one skilled in the art of pharmaceutical chemistry, in particular in the preparation of salt forms. Techniques for scale-up are described in the literature for example Pharmaceutical Process Scale-Up by Michael Levin, Marcel Dekker, New York 2003, ISBN 0824706250.
Once prepared as described above, amorphous and crystalline forms of valsartan, solid dispersions of valsartan, valsartan absorbed onto carriers, liquid and solid solutions of valsartan, and amorphous, crystalline and liquid solutions of losartan salts with mineral acids, may be formulated into pharmaceutical compositions, according to procedures well known in the art. Suitable procedures include those provided in Remington: The Science and Practice of Pharmacy 20th edition, Alfonso R Gennaro editor, Lippincott, Williams, and Wilkins, Philadelphia USA, ISBN 0-683-306472; The art, science, and technology of pharmaceutical compounding by Lloyd V Allen, American Pharmaceutical Association, 2001, ISBN 1582120358 - incorporated herein by reference. Suitably, these
compositions are adapted for oral use such as tablets, capsules, zydis, gums, candies, chocolates, sachet and oral liquids, or are adapted for topical use such as gels, lotions, patches, or ointments, or are adapted for parenteral use such as intravenous, intramuscular, or subcutaneous injection, or are adapted for use as suppositories, or finally are adapted for inhalation therapy such as bronchial or nasal inhalation therapy.
The pharmaceutical composition of the invention comprises an angiotensin II receptor antagonist and may therefore be used for the treatment or prophylaxis of any condition or disorder which is treatable using an angiotensin II receptor antagonist. The pharmaceutical composition of the invention provides for maintenance of the angiotensin II receptor antagonist in the therapeutic window from dose to dose, i.e. throughout the dosing interval, for such conditions and disorders such that an improved treatment for such conditions and disorders, with increased efficacy, reduced side effects, or both, is obtained compared to prior art formulations. Conditions and disorders which are treatable using angiotensin II receptor antagonists, and for which improved treatments can therefore be provided by the present invention, include:
Disorders associated with hypertension. The pharmaceutical composition of the invention may be employed either alone or in combination with other antihypertensive agents in order to treat such disorders. Such disorders of course include hypertension itself. Valsartan and Losartan are already approved for the treatment of these conditions, alone or in combination with other antihypertensive agents. Hypertension as a disease causes a number of symptoms such as tiredness, dizziness, and nausea. Hypertension, however leads to more serious complications which are life threating such as stroke and heart attack. Thus, the following specific conditions are treatable and/or preventable with the compositions of the invention:
tiredness resulting from hypertension (hypertension-induced tiredness), dizziness resulting from hypertension (hypertension-induced dizziness), and nausea resulting from hypertension
(hypertension-induced nausea);
stroke resulting from hypertension (hypertension-induced stroke);
heart attack resulting from hypertension (hypertension-induced heart attack);
early-morning stroke or heart attack;
early-morning stroke;
early-morning heart attack;
death associated with early -morning stroke or heart attack;
death associated with early-morning stroke;
death associated with early -morning heart attack;
death associated with stroke or heart attack resulting from hypertension;
death associated with early -morning stroke or heart attack resulting from hypertension;
death associated with stroke resulting from hypertension;
death associated with early -morning stroke resulting from hypertension;
death associated with heart attack resulting from hypertension;
death associated with early-morning heart attack resulting from hypertension.
Heart failure, particularly heart failure in patients who are intolerant of angiotensin converting enzyme (ACE) inhibitors. Valsartan is already approved for this indication.
Chronic renal failure. Losartan is already approved for this indication.
Diabetic neuropathy. Again, losartan is already approved for this indication.
Cardiovascular diseases involving the blood vessels (known as vascular diseases), including: coronary artery disease (also known as coronary heart disease and ischemic heart disease); peripheral arterial disease - disease of blood vessels that supply blood to the arms and legs; and cerebrovascular disease - disease of blood vessels that supply blood to the brain (includes stroke).
Renal artery stenosis.
Aortic aneurysm. Cardiovascular diseases that involve the heart, including:
cardiomyopathy - diseases of cardiac muscle; hypertensive heart disease - diseases of the heart secondary to high blood pressure or hypertension; heart failure - a clinical syndrome caused by the inability of the heart to supply sufficient blood to the tissues to meet their metabolic requirements; pulmonary heart disease - a failure at the right side of the heart with respiratory system involvement; cardiac dysrhythmias - abnormalities of heart rhythm; inflammatory heart disease may be treated with agents such as valsartan and losartan; endocarditis - inflammation of the inner layer of the heart, the endocardium (the structures most commonly involved are the heart valves); inflammatory
cardiomegaly; myocarditis - inflammation of the myocardium; valvular heart disease; congenital heart disease - heart structure malformations existing at birth; and rheumatic heart disease - heart muscles and valves damage due to rheumatic fever caused by Streptococcus pyogenes a group A streptococcal infection.
Accordingly, the invention provides a pharmaceutical composition of the invention for use in a method for treatment of the human or animal body by therapy.
The invention further provides a pharmaceutical composition of the invention for use in the treatment or prophylaxis of a condition or disorder which is treatable using an angiotensin II receptor antagonist.
Typically, the pharmaceutical composition of the invention is for use in a method for the treatment or prophylaxis of a condition selected from hypertension, heart failure, chronic renal failure, diabetic neuropathy, and a cardiovascular disease.
In a preferred embodiment, the pharmaceutical composition of the invention is for use in a method for treatment or prophylaxis of hypertension. In particular, the pharmaceutical composition of the invention may be for use in the treatment or prophylaxis of stroke or heart attack resulting from hypertension.
In a preferred embodiment, the invention provides the pharmaceutical composition of the invention for use in the treatment or prophylaxis of early-morning stroke or early-morning heart attack resulting from hypertension.
The pharmaceutical composition may for instance be used in a method for treatment or prophylaxis of heart failure in patients who are intolerant of angiotensin converting enzyme (ACE) inhibitors.
The pharmaceutical composition of the invention may for instance be used in a method for treatment or prophylaxis of a cardiovascular disease selected from coronary artery disease, peripheral arterial disease, cerebrovascular disease, renal artery stenosis, aortic aneurysm, cardiomyopathy, hypertensive heart disease, heart failure, pulmonary heart disease, cardiac dysrhythmia, inflammatory heart disease, endocarditis, inflammatory cardiomegaly, myocarditis, valvular heart disease, congenital heart disease and rheumatic heart disease. As discussed hereinbefore, the controlled-release fraction in the pharmaceutical composition of the invention is usually adapted to ensure maintenance of the angiotensin II receptor antagonist within the therapeutic window from dose to dose, or at least for a certain, preferably high, proportion of the time during the dosing interval.
Accordingly, in all of the above-defined medical uses for the composition of the invention, the method for the treatment or prophylaxis of the condition in question typically comprises administering the composition to a subject in need thereof once every dosing interval, and thereby ensuring maintenance of the angiotensin II receptor antagonist within the therapeutic window throughout each dosing interval. This ensures maintenance of the angiotensin II receptor antagonist within the therapeutic window from dose to dose. The dosing interval (i.e. the interval of time between administration of consecutive doses of a drug) may be as defined above for z. However, the dosing interval is often 24 hours. Typically, therefore, the method for the treatment or prophylaxis of the condition comprises administering the composition to a subject in need thereof once every 24 hours, and thereby ensuring maintenance of the angiotensin II receptor antagonist within the therapeutic window throughout each 24 hours.
Often, the method for the treatment or prophylaxis of the condition comprises administering the pharmaceutical composition of the invention to a subject in need thereof, and thereby releasing the angiotensin II receptor antagonist from the controlled-release fraction in vivo over a period of x hours from the time of administration of the composition to the subject. Generally, in this embodiment, all of the angiotensin II receptor antagonist is released from the controlled-release fraction over the defined period. Typically, x is at least 8, so that it takes at least 8 hours for all of the angiotensin II receptor antagonist to be released from the controlled-release fraction. However, x may be at least 9, or, for instance, at least 10, so that it takes at least 8 hours for all of the angiotensin II receptor antagonist to be released from the controlled-release fraction, x may for instance be from 8 to 24, so that it takes from 8 to 24 hours for all of the angiotensin II receptor antagonist to be released from the controlled-release fraction, x may for instance be from 9 to 24, or from 10 to 24. Often, x is at least 12, so that it takes at least 12 hours for all of the angiotensin II receptor antagonist to be released from the controlled-release fraction, x may for instance be at least 15, for example at least 17, at least 18, or at least 20. x may for instance be from 12 to 24, or from 15 to 24, or for instance from 17 to 24, or from 20 to 24.
The method for the treatment or prophylaxis of the condition may comprise administering the pharmaceutical composition of the invention to a subject in need thereof once every dosing interval, and thereby maintaining the angiotensin II receptor antagonist within the therapeutic window for y % of the time during each dosing interval. The dosing interval may be defined as, say, z hours beginning with administration of the composition to a subject. When the pharmaceutical composition is a unit dosage form suitable for once daily (OD) dosing, z is generally 24, i.e. the dosing interval is 24 hours. Accordingly, z is typically from 20 to 28, for instance about 24. Often, z is 24. However, other dosing frequencies may of course be employed, depending on the drug, patient and condition being treated, and z may therefore have other values. Thus, z may for instance be 6, 8 or 12, or even 48. Thus, z may be from 6 to 48, but is typically from 12 to 36, for instance from 20 to 28. Often, z is 24.
Typically, y is at least 50, such that the angiotensin II receptor antagonist is maintained within the therapeutic window for at least 50% of the time during the dosing interval. It is of course preferred, however, that y is greater than 50. Preferably, for instance, y is at least 60, and more preferably at least 70, for instance at least 75. Typically, y is at least 80, for instance at least 85. Often, y is at least 90, and is preferably at least 95. y may for instance be 100, such that the angiotensin II receptor antagonist is maintained within the therapeutic window throughout the dosing interval, i.e. from dose to dose. Typically, z is 24 and y is at least 50. More preferably, z is 24 and y is at least 60, and more preferably at least 70, for instance at least 75. Typically, z is 24 and y is at least 80, for instance at least 85. Often, z is 24 and y is at least 90, and is preferably at least 95. In some cases, z is 24 and y is 100.
The method for the treatment or prophylaxis of the condition may comprise administering the pharmaceutical composition of the invention to a subject in need thereof once every dosing interval, and thereby maintaining the angiotensin II receptor antagonist at or above a drug plasma level, 1, in the subject for q % of the time during each dosing interval.
The dosing interval may in this case be defined as t hours beginning with administration of the composition to the subject. The pharmaceutical composition is often a unit dosage form suitable for once daily (OD) dosing. Thus, t is generally 24, i.e. the dosing interval is 24 hours. Accordingly, t is typically from 20 to 28, for instance about 24. Often, t is 24. However, other dosing frequencies may of course be employed, depending on the drug, patient and condition being treated, and t may therefore have other values. Thus, t may for instance be 6, 8 or 12, or even 48. Thus, t may be from 6 to 48, but is typically from 12 to 36, for instance from 20 to 28. Often, t is 24. Typically, q is at least 40, such that the angiotensin II receptor antagonist is maintained at or above the drug plasma level, 1, for at least 40% of the time during the dosing interval. It is of course preferred, however, that q is greater than 40. Preferably, for instance, q is at least 45, and more preferably at least 50, for instance at least 60. Typically, q is at least 65, for instance at least 70. Often, q is at least 75. Typically, q is at least 80, for instance at least 85. Often, q is at least 90, and is preferably at least 95. q may for instance be 100, such that the angiotensin II receptor antagonist is maintained at or above the drug plasma level, 1, throughout the dosing interval, i.e. from dose to dose. Typically, t is 24 and q is at least 45. More preferably, t is 24 and q is at least 50, and more preferably at least 60, for instance at least 65, at least 70, or for instance at least 75. Typically, t is 24 and q is at least 80, for instance at least 85. Often, t is 24 and q is at least 90, and is preferably at least 95. In some cases, t is 24 and q is 100.
The drug plasma level, 1, may be any drug plasma level within the therapeutic window.
Alternatively, it may be an IC50, i.e. a plasma concentration required for obtaining 50% of a maximum therapeutic effect in vivo. Usually, 1 is the plasma concentration (IC50) required for obtaining 50% of a maximum therapeutic effect in vivo. 1 may for instance be the plasma concentration (IC50) required for obtaining 50% of a maximum reduction in blood pressure in vivo. It may for instance be 1.2 mg/L, which is the IC50 for valsartan: the plasma concentration of valsartan required for obtaining 50% of a maximum reduction in blood pressure in vivo. Typically, therefore, in this embodiment, the angiotensin II receptor antagonist is valsartan. The disorder in this embodiment is typically hypertension, and may for instance be early-morning stroke or early-morning heart attack resulting from hypertension.
Alternatively, the drug plasma level, 1, may be 0.5 mg/L. It may for instance be 0.8 mg/L, for instance 1.0 mg/L, or for example 1.4 mg/L. The drug plasma level, 1, may for instance be 1.8 mg/L, or, for instance 2.0 mg/L.
The invention also provides the use of a pharmaceutical composition of the invention in the manufacture of a medicament for use in the treatment or prophylaxis of a condition selected from hypertension, heart failure, chronic renal failure, diabetic neuropathy and a cardiovascular disease. The condition may be as further defined anywhere herein, as may the pharmaceutical composition of the invention.
The invention also provides a method for the treatment or prophylaxis of a condition selected from hypertension, heart failure, chronic renal failure, diabetic neuropathy and a cardiovascular disease, which method comprises administering a pharmaceutical composition of the invention to a subject in need thereof.
The method, which may be as further defined anywhere herein, generally comprises administering a therapeutically effective amount of the pharmaceutical composition of the invention to the subject. The subject is generally a human or animal. Usually the subject is a human or mammal. The subject is typically human, i.e. a human patient.
As discussed throughout, the pharmaceutical compositions of the invention, are typically oral dosage forms and are typically therefore administered orally, for example as tablets, troches, lozenges, aqueous or oily suspensions, dispersible powders or granules, solid oral forms may contain, together with the active compound, diluents, e.g. lactose, dextrose, saccharose, cellulose, corn starch or potato starch; lubricants, e.g. silica, talc, stearic acid, magnesium or calcium stearate, and/or polyethylene glycols; binding agents; e.g. starches, arabic gums, gelatin, methylcellulose, carboxymethylcellulose or polyvinyl pyrrolidone; disaggregating agents, e.g. starch, alginic acid, alginates or sodium starch glycolate; effervescing mixtures; dyestuffs; sweeteners; wetting agents, such as lecithin, polysorbates, laurylsulphates; and, in general, non toxic and pharmacologically inactive substances used in pharmaceutical formulations. Such pharmaceutical preparations may be manufactured in known manner, for example, by means of mixing, granulating, tableting, sugar coating, or film coating processes. A therapeutically effective amount of a compound of the invention is
administered to a patient. A typical dose is as discussed further hereinbefore, and may for example range from 10 mg to 1000 mg, and typically from 50 mg to 700 mg, per day, and may vary according to the activity of the specific angiotensin II receptor antagonist, the age, weight and conditions of the subject to be treated, the type and severity of the disease and the frequency and route of
administration.
The following Examples illustrate the invention. They do not however, limit the invention in any way.
EXAMPLES
Example 1
Amorphous valsartan
A solution of valsartan (4.4 g) in ethanol (1 : 1 by volume; 60 ml) is prepared in a rotary evaporator flask by heating solid pharmaceutically pure valsartan with ethanol to reflux until all internal surfaces have been subjected to condensing vapour. High vacuum is applied and the flask is maintained at an external temperature of about 40°C and rotated rapidly to remove the majority of the solvent as quickly as possible. The flask and amorphous product is then placed in a desiccator containing a dish of phosphoric oxide drying agent, and dried under high vacuum to a residual solvent level of below 0.5%. X-ray powder diffraction of the solid product shows a very broad diffraction peak typical of non-crystalline material.
Example 2
Amorphous valsartan
Amorphous valsartan, prepared by the method of example 1, is distilled in a wiped film still
(Speedivac TM™, Edwards High Vacuum Ltd).
Example 3
Crystalline valsartan
Amorphous valsartan from examples 1 or 2 (approx. 0.02 g) is triturated (as described above in the main specification) until the form of the solid is observed to change. The product is isolated and dried carefully. Analysis by x-ray powder diffraction shows characteristic sharp reflections in the range 5 to 30 degrees 2 theta.
Example 4
Spray-dried amorphous valsartan on a solid support
Amorphous valsartan (4 g) is dissolved in water/ethanol (200 ml, 1 : 1 by volume) with warming and ultra-sonication. The cooled solution is slurried with finely ground maltose (40 g) and spray dried in a commercial closed-loop spray -drying apparatus, Fielder Mobile Minor ® manufactured by Niro. Inlet temperature setting 90°C
Outlet temperature: 42-49°C
Nozzle diameter 2 mm
Pump speed (peristaltic): 26-28 rpm
Feed rate 2 kg/hour
Nitrogen flow 87 kg/hour
After completion of spray-drying, the collection flask is placed in a desiccator containing a dish of phosphoric oxide drying agent, and dried under high vacuum to a residual solvent level of below 0.5%.
Example 5
Spray-dried amorphous valsartan on a solid support
Amorphous valsartan (4.0 g) is dissolved in water/ethanol (200 ml, 1 : 1 by volume) with warming and ultra sonication. The solution is cooled and slurried with finely ground calcium hydrogen phosphate dihydrate (40 g) and spray dried in a commercial closed-loop spray-drying apparatus, Fielder Mobile Minor ® manufactured by Niro.
Inlet temperature setting 90°C
Outlet temperature: 42-49°C
Nozzle diameter 2 mm
Pump speed (peristaltic): 26-28 rpm
Feed rate 2 kg/hour
Nitrogen flow 87 kg/hour
After completion of spray-drying, the collection flask is placed in a desiccator containing a dish of phosphoric oxide drying agent, and dried under high vacuum to a residual solvent level of below 0.5%.
Example 6
Amorphous valsartan solid dispersion in PVP
PVP K-30 (10 g) is heated to a mobile melt and stirred while amorphous valsartan (0.5 g) is added. After stirring for 10 minutes the mixture is allowed to cool and solidify. The product is ground to a powder. Analysis by X-ray powder diffraction shows no evidence for valsartan in a crystalline state.
Example 7
Amorphous valsartan solid dispersion in chocolate Plain chocolate (Lindt Excellence dark 70% cocoa, Lindt & Sprungli S.A. (France), 20 g) is warmed gently until molten and stirred while amorphous pharmaceutically pure valsartan (0.5 g) is added. After stirring for 10 minutes the mixture is allowed to cool and solidify. Analysis by X-ray powder diffraction shows no evidence for valsartan in a crystalline state.
Example 8
Amorphous valsartan solid dispersion in PEG 8000
PEG 8000 (10 g) is dissolved with warming in ethanol (200 ml) and stirred while amorphous valsartan (1.0 g) is added. After stirring for 5 minutes the mixture is evaporated under vacuum on a rotary evaporator. The rotary evaporator flask is placed in a desiccator containing a dish of phosphoric oxide drying agent, and dried under high vacuum. The product is then transferred to a vacuum oven and further dried over fresh phosphoric oxide at a temperature which is gradually increased to 45°C. Drying is continued until analysis shows the residual solvent level to be below 0.5%. Analysis by X-ray powder diffraction shows no evidence for valsartan in a crystalline state.
Example 9
Amorphous losartan hydroiodide
A solution of losartan (0.42 g) in a mixture of tetrahydrofuran (3 ml) and chlorobenzene (6 ml) is stirred thoroughly with an aqueous solution of hydriodic acid (0.1 molar, 10.5 ml) with gentle warming. The aqueous phase is separated and transferred to a rotary evaporator flask. High vacuum is applied and the flask is maintained at an external temperature of about 40°C and rotated rapidly to remove the majority of the solvent as quickly as possible. The flask and amorphous product is then placed in a desiccator containing a dish of phosphoric oxide drying agent, and dried under high vacuum to a residual solvent level of below 0.2%. Yield 0.55 g. X-ray powder diffraction shows a single very broad diffraction peak typical of non-crystalline material.
Example 10
Amorphous losartan hydroiodide
A solution of losartan (0.42 g) in a mixture of tetrahydrofuran (3 ml) and chlorobenzene (6 ml) is stirred thoroughly with an aqueous solution of hydriodic acid (0.1 molar, 10.5 ml) with gentle warming. The warm aqueous phase is separated and transferred to a flask which is suitable for use with a commercial freeze-drying apparatus (Quickfit ®) lyophiliser, Bibby Science Products). The solution is frozen rapidly by plunging and swirling vigorously in a cooling bath containing industrial methylated spirit and solid carbon dioxide. The flask is attached to the freeze-drying apparatus and the frozen matrix is immediately subjected to very high vacuum. After completion of freeze-drying, the flask is placed in a desiccator containing a dish of phosphoric oxide drying agent, and dried under high vacuum to a residual water level of below 0.2%. The freeze dried solid then obtained is subjected to X-ray powder diffraction which shows a single very broad diffraction peak typical of noncrystalline material. Yield 0.55 g.
Example 11
Amorphous losartan hydroiodide
A solution of losartan (8.4 g) in a mixture of tetrahydrofuran (60 ml) and chlorobenzene (120 ml) is stirred thoroughly with an aqueous solution of hydriodic acid (0.1 molar, 205 ml) with gentle warming. The aqueous phase is separated, kept hot by means of a jacketed feeder system, and spray dried in a commercial spray-drying apparatus, Fielder Mobile Minor ® manufactured by Niro.
Inlet temperature setting 90°C
Outlet temperature: 42-49°C
Nozzle diameter 2 mm
Pump speed (peristaltic): 26-28 rpm
Feed rate 2 kg/hour
Nitrogen flow 87 kg/hour
After completion of spray-drying, the collection flask is placed in a desiccator containing a dish of phosphoric oxide drying agent, and dried under high vacuum to a residual water level of below 0.2%. X-ray powder diffraction shows a single very broad diffraction peak typical of non-crystalline material.
Example 12
Crystalline losartan hydroiodide
Amorphous losartan hydroiodide (approx. 0.02 g) is triturated (as described above in the main specification) until the form of the solid is observed to change. The product is isolated and dried carefully. Analysis by x-ray powder diffraction shows characteristic sharp reflections in the range 5 to 30 degrees 2 theta.
Examples 13-21
Amorphous losartan salts with mineral acids
The following amorphous losartan salts with mineral acids are prepared by procedures analogous to the procedures described in Example 9:
Losartan sulfate
Losartan nitrate
Losartan phosphate Losartan phosphite
Losartan sulfite
Losartan sulfamate
Losartan thiocyanate
Losartan tetraborate
Losartan tetrafluoroborate
Examples 22-30
Amorphous losartan salts with mineral acids
The following amorphous losartan salts with mineral acids are prepared by procedures analogous to the procedures described in Example 10:
Losartan sulfate
Losartan nitrate
Losartan phosphate
Losartan phosphite
Losartan sulfite
Losartan sulfamate
Losartan thiocyanate
Losartan tetraborate
Losartan tetrafluoroborate
Examples 31-39
Amorphous losartan salts with mineral acids
The following amorphous losartan salts with mineral acids are prepared by procedures analogous to the procedures described in Example 11 :
Losartan sulfate
Losartan nitrate
Losartan phosphate
Losartan phosphite
Losartan sulfite
Losartan sulfamate
Losartan thiocyanate
Losartan tetraborate
Losartan tetrafluoroborate Example 40-48
Crystalline losartan salts with mineral acids
The following crystalline losartan salts with mineral acids are prepared by procedures analogous to the procedures described in Example 12:
Losartan sulfate
Losartan nitrate
Losartan phosphate
Losartan phosphite
Losartan sulfite
Losartan sulfamate
Losartan thiocyanate
Losartan tetraborate
Losartan tetrafluoroborate
Example 49
Spray-dried amorphous losartan hydroiodide on a solid support
Amorphous losartan hydroiodide (2.0 g) is dissolved in water (200 ml) with warming and ultrasonication. The cooled solution is slurried with finely ground maltose (40 g) and spray dried in a commercial closed-loop spray -drying apparatus, Fielder Mobile Minor ® manufactured by Niro.
Inlet temperature setting 90°C
Outlet temperature: 42-49°C
Nozzle diameter 2 mm
Pump speed (peristaltic): 26-28 rpm
Feed rate 2 kg/hour
Nitrogen flow 87 kg/hour
After completion of spray-drying, the collection flask is placed in a desiccator containing a dish of phosphoric oxide drying agent, and dried under high vacuum to a residual water level of below 0.5%. Spray-dried amorphous losartan mineral acid salts on a solid support may be prepared by analogous means for the following mineral acid salts: losartan sulfate, losartan nitrate, losartan phosphate, losartan phosphite, losartan sulfite, losartan sulfamate, losartan thiocyanate,losartan tetraborate, and losartan tetrafluoroborate.
Example 50
Spray-dried amorphous losartan hydroiodide on a solid support Amorphous losartan hydroiodide (2.0 g) is dissolved in water (200 ml) with warming and ultrasonication. The solution is cooled and slurried with finely ground calcium hydrogenphosphate dihydrate (40 g) and spray dried in a commercial closed-loop spray-drying apparatus, Fielder Mobile Minor ® manufactured by Niro.
Inlet temperature setting 90°C
Outlet temperature: 42-49°C
Nozzle diameter 2 mm
Pump speed (peristaltic): 26-28 rpm
Feed rate 2 kg/hour
Nitrogen flow 87 kg/hour
After completion of spray-drying, the collection flask is placed in a desiccator containing a dish of phosphoric oxide drying agent, and dried under high vacuum to a residual water level of below 0.5%. Spray-dried amorphous losartan mineral acid salts on a solid support may be prepared by analogous means for the following mineral acid salts: losartan sulfate, losartan nitrate, losartan phosphate, losartan phosphite, losartan sulfite, losartan sulfamate, losartan thiocyanate,losartan tetraborate, and losartan tetrafluoroborate.
Example 51
Amorphous losartan hydroiodide solid dispersion in PVP
PVP K-30 (10 g) is heated to a mobile melt and stirred while amorphous losartan hydroiodide (0.5 g) is added. After stirring for 2 minutes the mixture is allowed to cool and solidify. The product is ground to a powder. Analysis by X-ray powder diffraction shows no evidence for losartan hydroiodide in a crystalline state.
Amorphous losartan mineral acid salt solid dispersions in PVP may be prepared by analogous means for the following mineral acid salts: losartan sulfate, losartan nitrate, losartan phosphate, losartan phosphite, losartan sulfite, losartan sulfamate, losartan thiocyanate,losartan tetraborate, and losartan tetrafluoroborate .
Example 52
Amorphous losartan hydroiodide solid dispersion in chocolate
Plain chocolate (Lindt Excellence dark 70% cocoa, Lindt & Sprungli S.A. (France), 20 g) is warmed gently until molten and stirred while amorphous pharmaceutically pure losartan hydroiodide (0.5 g) is added. After stirring for 2 minutes the mixture is allowed to cool and solidify. Analysis by X-ray powder diffraction shows no evidence for losartan hydroiodide in a crystalline state.
Amorphous losartan mineral acid salt dispersions in chocolate may be prepared by analogous means for the following mineral acid salts: losartan sulfate, losartan nitrate, losartan phosphate, losartan phosphite, losartan sulfite, losartan sulfamate, losartan thiocyanate,losartan tetraborate, and losartan tetrafluoroborate .
Example 53
Amorphous losartan hydroiodide solid dispersion in PEG 8000
PEG 8000 (10 g) is dissolved with warming in ethanol (200 ml) and stirred while amorphous losartan hydroiodide (0.5 g) is added. After stirring for 2 minutes the mixture is evaporated under vacuum on a rotary evaporator. The rotary evaporator flask is placed in a desiccator containing a dish of phosphoric oxide drying agent, and dried under high vacuum. The product is then transferred to a vacuum oven and further dried over fresh phosphoric oxide at a temperature which is gradually increased to 45°C. Drying is continued until analysis shows the residual solvent level to be below 0.5%. Analysis by X-ray powder diffraction shows no evidence for losartan hydroiodide in a crystalline state.
Amorphous losartan mineral acid salt solid dispersions in PEG 8000 may be prepared by analogous means for the following mineral acid salts: losartan sulfate, losartan nitrate, losartan phosphate, losartan phosphite, losartan sulfite, losartan sulfamate, losartan thiocyanate,losartan tetraborate, and losartan tetrafluoroborate.
The invention is further defined by reference to the following examples describing in detail the testing and preparation of the compositions of the present invention. It will be apparent to those skilled in the art, that many modifications, both to materials and methods, may be practiced without departing from the purpose and interest of this invention.
PHARMACOLOGICAL TEST DATA
Angiotensin II (All) produces numerous biological responses including vasoconstriction through stimulation of receptors on cell membranes. A ligand-receptor binding assay may be utilized for an initial screen to identify compounds with All antagonist activity. One such assay is described by Glossmann, et al. ( J. Biol. Chem., 249, 825 (1974)), and may be modified as follows. The reaction mixture may be adrenal cortical microsomes in Tris buffer and 2 nM of H-AII with or without potential All antagonist. This mixture may be incubated for 1 hour at room temperature and the reaction subsequently terminated by rapid filtration and rinsing through glass micro-fibre filter. Any receptor-bound H-AII trapped in the filter may be quantitated by scintillation counting.
The potential antihypertensive effects of the compounds of this invention may be demonstrated by administering the compounds to awake rats made hypertensive by ligation of the left renal artery [Cangiano, et al, J. Pharmacol. Exp. Ther., 208, 310 (1979)] . This procedure increases blood pressure by increasing renin production with consequent elevation of All levels. Compounds are administered orally at 100 mg/kg and/or intravenously via a cannula in the jugular vein at 10 mg/kg. Arterial blood pressure is continuously measured directly through a carotid artery cannula and recorded using a pressure transducer and a polygraph. Blood pressure levels after treatment are compared to pretreatment levels to determine the antihypertensive effects of the compounds.
Other ligand-receptor binding assays may be utilised, one using a rabbit aortae membrane preparation, another using a bovine adrenal cortex preparation, and another using a rat brain membrane preparation.
Three frozen rabbit aortae (obtained from Pel-Freeze Biologicals) are suspended in 5 mM Tris-0.25M Sucrose, pH 7.4 buffer (50 ml) homogenized, and then centrifuged. The mixture is filtered through a cheesecloth and the supernatant is centrifuged for 30 minutes at 20,000 rpm at 4°C. The pellet thus obtained is resuspended in 30 ml of 50 mM Tris-5 mM MgCb buffer containing 0.2% Bovine Serum Albumin and 0.2 mg/ml Bacitration and the suspension is used for 100 assay tubes. Samples for screening are tested in duplicate. To the membrane preparation (0.25 ml) there is added125 1-Sar1 lie8 - angiotensin II [obtained from New England Nuclear] (10 ul; 20,000 cpm) with or without the test sample and the mixture is incubated at 37°C. for 90 minutes. The mixture is then diluted with ice-cold 50 mM Tris-0.9% NaCl, pH 7.4 (4 ml) and filtered through a glass fiber filter (GF/B Whatman 2.4" diameter). The filter is soaked in scintillation cocktail (10 ml) and counted for radioactivity using a Packard 2660 Tricarb liquid scintillation counter. The inhibitory concentration (IC50) of a potential All antagonist which gives 50% displacement of the total specifically bound125 1-Sar1 lie8 - angiotensin II is presented as a measure of the efficacy of such compounds as All antagonists.
Bovine adrenal cortex is selected as the source of All receptor. Weighed tissue (0.1 g is needed for 100 assay tubes) is suspended in Tris.HCl (50 mM), pH 7.7 buffer and homogenized. The homogenate is centrifuged at 20,000 rpm for 15 minutes. Supernatant is discarded and pellets resuspended in buffer [Na2HP04 (10 mM)-NaCl (120 mM)-disodium EDTA (5 mM) containing phenylmethane sulfonyl fluoride (PMSF)(0.1 mM)] . Duplicate tubes are used for screening compounds. To the membrane preparation (0.5 ml) there is added 3H-angiotensin II (50 πιΜ)(10μ1) with or without the test sample and the mixture is incubated at 37°C. for 1 hour. The mixture is then diluted with Tris buffer (4 ml) and filtered through a glass fiber filter (GF/B Whatman 2.4" diameter). The filter is soaked in scintillation cocktail (10 ml) and counted for radioactivity using Packard 2660 Tricarb liquid scintillation counter. The inhibitory concentration (IC.sub.50) of a potential All antagonist which gives 50% displacement of the total specifically bound 3H-angiotensin II is presented as a measure of the efficacy of such compounds as All antagonists.
Membranes from rat brain (thalamus, hypothalamus and midbrain) are prepared by homogenization in 50 mM Tris HQ (pH 7.4), and centrifuged at 50,000 x g. The resulting pellets are washed twice in 100 mM NaCl, 5 mM Na2EDTA, 10 mM Na2HP04 (pH 7.4) and 0.1 mM PMSF by resuspension and centrifugation. For binding assays, the pellets are resuspended in 160 volumes of binding assay buffer (100 mM NaCl, 10 mM Na2HP04, 5 mM Na2EDTA, pH 7.4, 0.1 mM PMSF, 0.2 mg/ml soybean trypsin inhibitor, 0.018 mg/ml o-phenanthroline, 77 mg/ml dithiothreitol and 0.14 mg/ml bacitracin. For125 1-Sar1 lie8 - angiotensin II binding assays, ΙΟμΙ of solvent (for total binding), Sar1 lie8 - angiotensin H (ΙμΜ) (for nonspecific binding) or test compounds (for displacement) and ΙΟμΙ of [125 I] -Sar1 lie8 - angiotensin II (23-46 pM) are added to duplicate tubes. The receptor membrane preparation (500μ1) is added to each tube to initiate the binding reaction. The reaction mixtures are incubated at 37°C for 90 minutes. The reaction is then terminated by filtration under reduced pressure through glass-fiber GF/B filters and washed immediately 4 times with 4 ml of 5 mM ice-cold Tris HC1 (pH 7.6) containing 0.15M NaCl. The radioactivity trapped on the filters is counted using a gamma counter.
Using the methodology described above, representative compounds of this invention may be evaluated and an IC50 <50μΜ determined, thereby demonstrating and confirming the utility of the compounds of the invention as effective All antagonists.
The antihypertensive effects of the compounds described in the present invention may be evaluated using the methodology described below: Male Charles River Sprague-Dawley rats (300-375 gm) are anesthetized with methohexital (Brevital; 50 mg/kg i.p.) and the trachea is cannulated with PE 205 tubing. A stainless steel pithing rod (1.5 mm thick, 150 mm long) is inserted into the orbit of the fight eye and down the spinal column. The rats are immediately placed on a Harvard Rodent Ventilator (rate 60 strokes per minute, volume 1.1 cc per 100 grams body weight). The fight carotid artery is ligated, both left and right vagal nerves are cut, and the left carotid artery is cannulated with PE 50 tubing for drug administration, and body temperature is maintained at 37°C by a thermostatically controlled heating pad which receives input from a rectal temperature probe. Atropine (1 mg/kg i.v.) is then administered, and 15 minutes later propranolol (1 mg/kg i.v.). Thirty minutes later antagonists of formula I are administered intravenously or orally. Angiotensin II is then typically given at 5, 10, 15, 30, 45 and 60 minute intervals and every half-hour thereafter for as long as the test compound showed activity. The change in the mean arterial blood pressure is recorded for each angiotensin II challenge and the percent inhibition of the angiotensin II response is calculated.
Example 54
Part 1 : Valsartan sustained release core tablet formulation and dissolution data
Aim: To produce dissolution profiles in pH 6.8 buffer for sustained release development formulations of valsartan. The sustained release formulations 17CF08/001-3 in this Example may be employed as the controlled-release fraction in the compositions of the invention.
Formulation details
Batch: 17CF08/001 Sustained Release (30% Methocel in lactose filler):
Figure imgf000078_0001
Method of manufacture: the components in the table above were blended and then compressed to a hardness of approximately 1 lkp
Batch: 17CF08/002 Sustained Release (20% Methocel in lactose filler):
Figure imgf000078_0002
Method of manufacture: the components in the table above were blended and then compressed to a hardness of approximately 1 lkp Batch: 17CF08/003 Sustained Release (30% Methocel in microcrystalline cellulose filler):
Figure imgf000079_0001
Method of manufacture: the components in the table above were blended and then compressed to a hardness of approximately 1 lkp
Analytical Testing
Tablets were tested using dissolution with UV endpoint to obtain drug release profiles.
Sustained Release Formulation Dissolution conditions (pH 6.8 buffer)
Figure imgf000079_0002
Dissolution Results
Batch 17CF08/001 (30% Methocel in lactose filler): see also the plot of these results in Fig. 2:
17CF08/001
Time-point (hours) /o valsartan dissolved
Vessel 1 Vessel 2 Mean
0 0 0 0
2 22 28 25
3 31 41 36 4 40 53 46
5 49 64 56
6 57 74 65
7 66 82 74
8 73 90 81
10 86 103 94
12 100 109 104
14 108 110 109
Batch 17CF08/002 (20% Methocel in lactose filler): see also the plot of these results in Fig. 3 :
Figure imgf000080_0001
Batch 17CF08/003 (30% Methocel in microcrystalline cellulose filler): see also the plot of these results in Fig. 4:
17CF08/003
Time-point (hours) /o valsartan dissolved
Vessel 5 Vessel 6 Mean
0 0 0 0
2 15 14 14
3 23 21 22
4 32 28 30 5 40 35 37
6 47 42 45
7 54 49 52
8 60 57 58
10 70 68 69
12 79 78 79
14 86 87 87
Part 2: Valsartan immediate release formulation and dissolution data
Aim: To produce dissolution profiles in pH 6.8 buffer for immediate release development formulations of valsartan. The immediate release formulation 17CF08/004 in this Example may be employed as the first, rapid release fraction in the compositions of the invention.
Formulation details:
Batch: 17CF08/004 Immediate Release
Figure imgf000081_0001
Method of manufacture: the components in the table above were blended and then compressed to an approximate hardness of 9kp and a disintegration time of approximately 5 minutes.
Analytical Testing
Tablets were tested using dissolution with UV endpoint to obtain drug release profiles.
Immediate Release Formulation Dissolution conditions (pH 6.8 buffer)
Apparatus USP II (paddle)
Dissolution media pH 6.8 phosphate buffer Volume dissolution 1000ml
media
Temperature 37.0°C ± 0.5
Speed 50rpm
Sampling points 5, 10, 20, 30, 45, 60 minutes
Detection UV at 250nm, 10mm cell path-length
Dissolution Results
Batch: 17CF08/004: see also the plot of these results in Fig. 5:
Figure imgf000082_0001
Part 3 : Final proposed manufacture combing the two formulations
• The valsartan sustained release core will be made as described above in part 1 of this Example
• Depending on the final size required the tooling will be changed to 10 - 20mm Flat tooling
• The tablet die will be filled with approximately 50% of the immediate release blend described in part 2 of this Example
• The sustained release core will be placed centrally into the pre-filled die.
• The remaining immediate release blend will be added
• Tablet will be compressed to a suitable hardness
Example 55
Valsartan pharmacokinetic/pharmacodynamic (PKPD) modelling
Summary PKPD modelling was carried out in order to explore the relationship between Valsartan PK and blood pressure response for different PK input (product release) profiles. The methods employed in the modelling were to:
Perform a literature search for PKPD models/data for Valsartan for the currently marketed immediate release (IR) tablet.
Implement a PKPD model that is deemed most relevant.
Subsequently alter the input PK profile to analyse a combination product that consists of IR and modified release (MR) components.
Explore how the new product effects blood pressure time-series profiles at the end of a 2 week once daily (OD) dosing and how it compares to the current IR product.
The results showed that in order to see an improved PD response profile at the end of 2 weeks of OD dosing the new product would be required to have a longer duration of release than the current IR tablets (the current IR tablet provides input lasting ~ 5 hours). Furthermore, the MR element of the new product would need to be the major constituent of the combination product. However for other metrics such as time over IC50 and min/max ratio in blood pressure reduction there is an optimal balance between the IR and MR components.
References
The following references are referred to in this Example:
Criscione et al. Valsartan: Preclinical and Clinical Profile of an Antihypertensive Angiotensin-II Antagonist. Cardiovasc Drug Rev. 1995 1 : 230-250.
Chen et al. A Single-Center, Open-Label, 3-Way Crossover Trial to Determine the Pharmacokinetic and Pharmacodynamic Interaction Between Nebivolol and Valsartan in Healthy Volunteers at Steady State. Am J Ther. 2015 22: el30-140.
Cho et al. Pharmacokinetic and Pharmacodynamic Study Determines Factors Affecting Blood Pressure Response to Valsartan. J Korean Soc Hypertens. 2012 18: 88-96.
Czendlik et al. Pharmacokinetic and pharmacodynamic interaction of single doses of valsartan and atenolol. Eur J Clin Pharmacol. 1997 52: 451-459.
FDA Diovan Label https://www.accessdata.fda.gov/drugsatfda_docs/label/2017/021283s501bl.pdf FDA Glucophage® XR Clinical Pharmacology and Biopharmaceutics Review
https://www.accessdata.fda.gov/drugsatfda_docs/nda/2000/21-202_Glucophage_biopharmre.pdf FDA Glumetza® Clinical Pharmacology and Biopharmaceutics Review
https://www.accessdata.fda.gov/dnigsatfda_docs/nda/2005/021748s000_Glumetza_ClinPharmR.pdf Flesch et al. Absolute bioavailability and pharmacokinetics of valsartan, an angiotensin II receptor antagonist, in man. Eur J Clin Pharmacol. 1997 52: 115-120. Heo et al. Quantitative model for the blood pressure-lowering interaction of valsartan and amlodipine. Br J Clin Pharmacol. 2016 82: 1557-1567.
Kim et al. Pharmacokinetic comparison of 2 fixed-dose combination tablets of amlodipine and valsartan in healthy male Korean volunteers: a randomized, open-label, 2-period, single-dose, crossover study. Clin Ther. 2013 35: 934-490.
Leidig et al. Pharmacokinetics of Valsartan in Hypertensive Patients on Long-Term Haemodialysis. Clin Drug Investig. 2001 21 : 59-66.
Lim et al. Angiotensin II type 1 receptor 1166A/C polymorphism in association with blood pressure response to exogenous angiotensin II. Eur J Clin Pharmacol. 2007 63: 17-26.
Miiller et al. Pharmacokinetics and pharmacodynamic effects of the angiotensin II antagonist valsartan at steady state in healthy, normotensive subjects. Eur. J. Clin. Pharmacol. 1997 52: 441-449. Naveen et al. Use of the liquisolid compact technique for improvement of the dissolution rate of valsartan. Acta Pharmaceutica Sinica B 2012 2: 502-508.
Rausova et al. Quantifying pharmacodynamic interaction between atenolol and valsartan. Cent Eur J Med. 2014 9: 1-9.
Siddiqui et al. Pharmacological and Pharmaceutical Profile of Valsartan: A Review. J. Applied Pharm. Sci. 2011 1 : 12-19
Tannergren et al. Toward an Increased Understanding of the Barriers to Colonic Drug Absorption in Humans: Implications for Early Controlled Release Candidate Assessment. Mol. Pharm. 2009 6:60-73
Introduction
A literature review based on the papers that cited the first preclinical/clinical pharmacology report of Valsartan by CIBA (Criscione et al., 1995) was conducted. A total of 132 articles citing this original report were found. Of these articles 9 related to PK or PKPD relationships/modelling (Chen et al, 2015; Cho et al, 2012 ; Czendlik et al, 1997; Flesch et al., 1997; Heo et al., 2016; Kim et al, 2013; Leidig et al., 2001; Lim et al., 2007; Rausova et al., 2014). These were the subject of further investigation.
The most recent PKPD paper was by Heo et al which used all previous PKPD data reported in the literature together with new data on a combination study to develop a PKPD model for Valsartan as a monotherapy agent. The doses of Valsartan used in the PK studies were 80mg and 160mg. Therefore, due to the amount of data used within Heo et al. study their model was chosen for this analysis.
The PK model used by Heo et al. was a 2-compartmental model with zero-order absorption and first order elimination. The effects on the PD, SBP and DBP, did not track with plasma PK and showed signs of a hysteresis. Thus, to model the PD an extra compartment which represents the biophase was included to account for this delayed effect on blood pressure. The effect of the biophase concentration on changes in blood pressure was modelled using an EmaX model. The EmaX model assumes that there is a maximal effect Valsartan can have on the pre-dose blood pressure value. This maximal effect for a single dose was estimated to be 16.4%. Note that the effect of Valsartan on SBP and DBP were found to be equivalent i.e. they have the same EmaX and IC50 values.
The Valsartan PKPD model by Heo et al. was coded up before modifying the input profile to look at the combination of a modified (MR) and immediate release (IR) product. The effects on blood pressure between this new combined product and the original immediate release tablet were then compared.
Methods
All simulations were done using R v3.4.0. Original Model - Immediate Release (IR)
The model by Heo et al. was coded up in R v3.4.0 and simulated using the deSolve package. The original parameters of the model are given below in Table.
Table 1 : Key parameters in the Valsartan PKPD model by Heo et al.
Figure imgf000085_0001
Do: duration of zero-order release; Vc: volume central compartment; Vp volume peripheral compartment; CL: clearance; Q: transfer rate between Vc and Vp; Keq: equilibrium rate constant for biophase concentration; IC50: concentration at which 50% reduction in SBP or DBP is observed; Imax: maximal fraction by which blood pressure can be reduced by.
New Model - Immediate and Modified Release (IR/MR)
The MR mechanism was incorporated by introducing a second zero-order input rate (to mimic likely zero order release from a MR product). Thus, two new parameters were introduced into the model: a zero order rate constant, Di, and also the initial dose of MR. Providing two parameters that optimisation can be performed on.
Sensitivity Analysis - Optimal IR/MR
The following blood pressure related end-points were chosen to assess the effect of varying Di and initial MR dose.
At the end of 2 week once daily dosing:
1. Percentage reduction in DBP and SBP (pre-dose) compared to pre-treatment values
2. Ratio of min/max of blood pressure over the final 24 hour dosing interval.
3. Proportion of time above in-vivo IC50 over the final 24 hour dosing interval. We chose to vary Di from 5 to 12 hours (see Error! Reference source not found.) and the initial dose of the MR component of a combined IR/MR product from 0 to X-10mg of a total Xmg dose (e.g. 0 to 150mg for a total 160mg dose). For example, if the dose of the MR component was 30mg then the dose of the IR component was 130mg.
Biopharmaceutics and assumptions
Valsartan exhibits moderate permeability (Siddiqui et al, 2011) and as such would not be expected to be absorbed or have much reduced absorption from the colon (Tannergren et al., 2009). Additionally, Valsartan is reported as having an absorption window in the upper gastrointestinal tract (Naveen et al, 2012). Flesch and co-workers (1997) showed that absorption from a capsule was largely complete by 4.55 hours (90% amount absorbed) although some subjects took >8 hours even though the bioavailability of the capsule was approximately 60% of an oral solution indicating drug would still have been available for absorption.
Consequently, the simulations have focussed on a zero-release order for the modified release component from 5 to 12 hours with the expectation that drug released after 12 hours would not be absorbed, as by that time drug would be in the colon.
The modified release component was assumed to have the same relative bioavailability as the immediate release component. This assumption was based on data for metformin which also displays moderate permeability and similar bioavailability between immediate release formulations and modified release formulations that release drug in vitro over 10/12 hours (FDA Clinical
Pharmacology and Biopharmaceutics Reviews for Glumetza® and Glucophage® XR). For any future clinical evaluations, however, it should be noted that taking the modified release product in the fed state increased bioavailability. This is potentially as a consequence of gastric retention maintaining the drug release above the absorption window / small intestine for longer than in the fasted state.
A dose of 160 mg OD was initially modelled as this was the dose modelled in by Heo and co-workers, it is a recommended starting dose and falls within the range of recommended doses of 80 to 320 mg for the treatment of adult hypertension (FDA, Diovan Label). Other doses were modelled assuming dose proportional pharmacokinetics.
Most simulations were run for 14 days as for Valsartan "the reduction in blood pressure with any dose is substantially present within 2 weeks" (FDA, Diovan Label) and additionally this may reflect clinical practice where medicine effectiveness is assessed after 2 weeks (Hitesh Mistry personal communication, St Mary's Hospital, Manchester) although other guidelines recommend assessment of a medicine effectiveness after a month (http://www.aafp.org/patient-care/clinical- recommendations/all/highbloodpressure .html) .
Multiple dose Valsartan PK and PK-PD models are not described in the literature and so both PK and PD were assumed to be time independent and linearly related to single dose kinetics and dynamics. This is based on the data of Miiller et al. (1997) in which blood pressure response to Valsartan appears similar on Day 1 and Day 8.
Results
Original Model - Immediate Release (IR)
A single 160mg dose simulation of the original Heo et al. model can be seen in Figure 6. The first panel - Fig. 6(a) - shows the concentration time profile of the amount of drug in plasma and the biophase (active site). Figure 6(a) also shows the IC50 value for both SBP and DBP. In the second panel - Fig. 6(b) - we can see what effect this single dose has on the time-series of DBP and SBP.
The initial values of SBP and DBP were based on the original article by Heo et al. and is based on healthy volunteers. Figure 6(a) and (b) clearly show that a single dose of Valsartan causes a reduction in SBP and DBP and that they are close to returning to baseline at Cmin (24 hours when the next dose would be administered). Thus, with repeat dosing we would expect to see a modest increase in the reduction of blood pressure at subsequent Cmin's, reflecting what is observed in the clinic.
New Model - Immediate and Modified Release (IR MR)
The result of the sensitivity analyses where the duration of zero-order release of the MR product and the proportion of the MR dose as a proportion of a total dose of 160 mg are varied can be seen in Figures 7 to Figure 9.
Figure 7 describes the % reduction in either SBP or DBP compared to pre-treatment values at the Cmin time-point on the last day of a 14 day once daily dosing schedule (i.e. just before the next dose will be taken). The original IR product is also shown on the plot and corresponds to 0 mg of MR Product, which is the bottom row of the heatmap. Figure 7 clearly shows that as duration of zero-order release is prolonged and the amount of MR dose increases the drop in blood pressure increases.
Figure 8 shows what effect of varying amount of MR and duration of zero-order release has on the min/max ratio of blood pressure values on the final day of a 14 day once daily dosing schedule. We can see that the ratio approaches 1 with increasing amount of MR and duration of zero-order release but that the magnitude of increase is minimal compared to the original product. Ratio of 1 indicates a constant level of blood pressure reduction throughout the dosing interval. However there is an optimal balance of IR and MR components with a IR component of 10-40 mg (out of 160 mg) allied to longer release duration of the MR component (10-12 hours).
Finally, Figure 9 shows the proportion of the last 24 hours dosing interval which is spent above the IC50 value. Again the results are similar to the other figures in that an improvement is seen with increasing amounts of the MR product with increasing duration of zero-order release. However there is an optimal balance of IR and MR components with a IR component of 20-50 mg (out of 160 mg) allied to longer release duration of the MR component (10-12 hours).
Figures 10 to 12 look at the areas of the heat map in more detail and show the expected PK profile and resulting blood pressure response for different combination of IR component (40-120 mg) and MR release duration (8-12 hours) for a total dose of 160 mg and also show the IR tablet PK and resulting blood pressure profile. Figure 13 and Figure 14 show PK and resulting blood pressure profiles for the IR tablets and 30mg IR + 130mg MR 12 hour release product on days 1 to 14 and day 1 and 14 respectively. Figure 15 shows show PK and resulting blood pressure profiles for the IR tablets and 30mg IR + 130mg MR 24 hour release product on days 1 and 14. It should be noted that for this release profile a gastro-retentive formulation (e.g. enteric coating) would be advantageous to maximise absorption from the colon.
Figures 16 to 24 are analogous figures to Figures 7 to 15 but for a total dose of 320 mg (rather than 160 mg). Figures 25 to 27 show selected PK and blood pressure simulations / plots for a total dose of 480 mg. Figures 28 to 30 show selected PK and blood pressure simulations / plots for a total dose of 640 mg.
The modelling and simulation described in this Example highlights that a combined IR/MR product can improve the amount of reduction in both SBP and DBP for the same total daily dose of the original IR product and there is an optimal balance of IR and MR components.
Although the foregoing invention has been described in some detail by way of illustration and example for purposes of clarity of understanding, one of skill in the art will appreciate that certain changes and modifications can be practiced within the scope of the appended claims. In addition, each reference provided herein is incorporated by reference in its entirety to the same extent as if each reference was individually incorporated by reference.

Claims

1. A pharmaceutical composition which comprises:
a first fraction comprising an angiotensin II receptor antagonist; and
a controlled-release fraction comprising the angiotensin II receptor antagonist.
2. A pharmaceutical composition according to claim 1 wherein the controlled-release fraction is suitable for causing delayed or prolonged release of the angiotensin II receptor antagonist from the controlled-release fraction after administration of the composition to a subject.
3. A pharmaceutical composition according to claim 1 or claim 2 wherein the controlled-release fraction is suitable for causing prolonged release of the angiotensin II receptor antagonist from the controlled-release fraction after administration of the composition to a subject.
4. A pharmaceutical composition according to any one of claims 1 to 3 wherein the controlled- release fraction is adapted to ensure maintenance of the angiotensin II receptor antagonist within the therapeutic window from dose to dose.
5. A pharmaceutical composition according to any one of the preceding claims wherein the controlled-release fraction is adapted to release the angiotensin II receptor antagonist from the controlled-release fraction in vivo over a period of x hours from the time of administration of the composition to a subject, wherein x is at least 8.
6. A pharmaceutical composition according to claim 5 wherein x is at least 10.
7. A pharmaceutical composition according to claim 5 or claim 6 wherein x is at least 12.
8. A pharmaceutical composition according to any one of claims 5 to 7 wherein x is at least 15, optionally wherein x is: at least 17, or at least 20.
9. A pharmaceutical composition according to any one of the preceding claims wherein the controlled-release fraction is adapted to ensure maintenance of the angiotensin II receptor antagonist within the therapeutic window for y % of the time during a dosing interval of z hours beginning with administration of the composition to a subject.
10. A pharmaceutical composition according to claim 9 wherein z is 24 and y is at least 50.
11. A pharmaceutical composition according to claim 10 wherein y is at least 90, preferably at least 95, and most preferably 100.
12. A pharmaceutical composition according to any one of the preceding claims wherein the controlled-release fraction is adapted to maintain the angiotensin II receptor antagonist at or above a drug plasma level, 1, in a subject for q % of the time during a dosing interval of t hours beginning with administration of the composition to the subject.
13. A pharmaceutical composition according to claim 12 wherein said drug plasma level, 1, is the plasma concentration (IC50) required for obtaining 50% of a maximum therapeutic effect in vivo.
14. A pharmaceutical composition according to claim 12 or claim 13 wherein the drug plasma level, 1, is the plasma concentration (IC50) required for obtaining 50% of a maximum reduction in blood pressure in vivo.
15. A pharmaceutical composition according to any one of claims 12 to 14 wherein the drug plasma level, 1, is 1.2 mg/L.
16. A pharmaceutical composition according to any one of claims 12 to 15 wherein t is 24 and q is at least 45, and preferably at least 50.
17. A pharmaceutical composition according to claim 16 wherein q is at least 65, and preferably at least 70.
18. A pharmaceutical composition according to claim 16 wherein q is at least 75, preferably at least 80, more preferably at least 85.
19. A pharmaceutical composition according to claim 16 wherein q is at least 90, preferably at least 95, more preferably 100.
20. A pharmaceutical composition according to any one of the preceding claims wherein the first fraction is a rapid release fraction.
21. A pharmaceutical composition according to claim 20 wherein the first fraction is adapted to provide rapid release of the angiotensin II receptor antagonist into the bloodstream to provide fast onset of action.
22. A pharmaceutical composition according to any one of the preceding claims wherein the pharmaceutical composition is a dosage form.
23. A pharmaceutical composition according to any one of the preceding claims wherein the pharmaceutical composition is an oral dosage form.
24. A pharmaceutical composition according to claim 23 wherein the oral dosage form is a tablet.
25. A pharmaceutical composition according to claim 23 or claim 24 wherein the oral dosage form comprises an outer layer which comprises the first fraction, and an inner region, which inner region is within the outer layer and comprises the controlled-release fraction.
26. A pharmaceutical composition according to any one of claims 23 to 25 wherein the oral dosage form has a core-shell structure wherein the controlled-release fraction defines a core and the first fraction is disposed on the surface of the core to form a shell which surrounds the core.
27. A pharmaceutical composition according to any one of claims 23 to 26 wherein the oral dosage form further comprises a coating for delaying exposure of the angiotensin II receptor antagonist in the controlled-release fraction to the buccal, gastric, or intestinal fluids.
28. A pharmaceutical composition according to claim 27 wherein the coating is an enteric coating.
29. A pharmaceutical composition according to claim 27 or claim 28 wherein the coating is disposed on the surface of the controlled-release fraction.
30. A pharmaceutical composition according to claim 29 wherein the coating is disposed between the first fraction and the controlled-release fraction.
31. A pharmaceutical composition according to any one of the preceding claims wherein the ratio of the mass of the angiotensin II receptor antagonist in the controlled-release fraction to the mass of the angiotensin II receptor antagonist in the first fraction is from 98:2 to 60:40.
32. A pharmaceutical composition according to any one of the preceding claims wherein the ratio of the mass of the angiotensin II receptor antagonist in the controlled-release fraction to the mass of the angiotensin II receptor antagonist in the first fraction is from 96:4 to 70:30.
33. A pharmaceutical composition according to any one of the preceding claims wherein the ratio of the mass of the angiotensin II receptor antagonist in the controlled-release fraction to the mass of the angiotensin II receptor antagonist in the first fraction is from 96:4 to 80:20.
34. A pharmaceutical composition according to any one of the preceding claims wherein the total mass of the angiotensin II receptor antagonist in the first fraction and the controlled-release fraction is from 50 mg to 700 mg.
35. A pharmaceutical composition according to any one of the preceding claims wherein the total mass of the angiotensin II receptor antagonist in the first fraction and the controlled-release fraction is from 80 mg to 640 mg.
36. A pharmaceutical composition according to any one of the preceding claims wherein the total mass of the angiotensin II receptor antagonist in the first fraction and the controlled-release fraction is from 160 mg to 640 mg.
37. A pharmaceutical composition according to any one of the preceding claims wherein the total mass of the angiotensin II receptor antagonist in the first fraction and the controlled-release fraction is 80 mg, 160 mg, 240 mg, 320 mg, 400 mg, 480 mg, 560 mg or 640 mg.
38. A pharmaceutical composition according to any one of claims 34 to 37 wherein the mass of the angiotensin II receptor antagonist in the first fraction is from 20 mg to 40 mg, preferably from 25 mg to 30 mg, more preferably from 28 mg to 32 mg.
39. A pharmaceutical composition according to any one of claims 34 to 37 wherein the ratio of the mass of the angiotensin II receptor antagonist in the controlled-release fraction to the mass of the angiotensin II receptor antagonist in the first fraction is from 96:4 to 70:30, preferably from 96:4 to 80:20.
40. A pharmaceutical composition according to any one of claims 34 to 37 wherein the total mass of the angiotensin II receptor antagonist in the first fraction and the controlled-release fraction is from 160 mg to 640 mg and the mass of the angiotensin II receptor antagonist in the first fraction is from 28 mg to 32 mg.
41. A pharmaceutical composition according to any one of claims 34 to 40 wherein the total mass of the angiotensin II receptor antagonist in the first fraction and the controlled-release fraction is the same as the total mass of the angiotensin II receptor antagonist in the composition.
42. A pharmaceutical composition according to any one of the preceding claims wherein the controlled-release fraction comprises: said angiotensin II receptor antagonist and a hydrophilic matrix suitable for promoting prolonged release of the angiotensin II receptor antagonist.
43. A pharmaceutical composition according to claim 42 wherein the hydrophilic matrix comprises a hydrophilic polymer which is a cellulose ether or xanthan gum.
44. A pharmaceutical composition according to claim 43 wherein the cellulose ether is selected from carboxymethylcellulose (CMC), methylcellulose (MC) and derivatives thereof,
hydroxyethylcellulose (HEC) and derivatives thereof, hydroxylpropyl cellulose (HPC),
hydroxypropylmethylcellulose, and ethylcellulose (EC).
45. A pharmaceutical composition according to claim 43 or 44 wherein the hydrophilic polymer is said cellulose ether, and the controlled-release fraction comprises the angiotensin II receptor antagonist in an amount of from 20 wt. % to 30 wt. % and comprises the cellulose ether in an amount of from 15 wt. % to 35 wt. %, based on the total weight of the controlled-release fraction.
46. A pharmaceutical composition according to any one of claims 43 to 45 wherein the hydrophilic polymer is said cellulose ether, and the controlled-release fraction comprises the angiotensin II receptor antagonist in an amount of from 20 wt. % to 30 wt. % and comprises the cellulose ether in an amount of from 25 wt. % to 35 wt. %, based on the total weight of the controlled- release fraction.
47. A pharmaceutical composition according to any one of claims 42 to 46 wherein the controlled-release fraction further comprises a filler, optionally wherein the filler comprises lactose or cellulose.
48. A pharmaceutical composition according to claim 45 or claim 46 wherein the controlled- release fraction further comprises a filler which comprises anhydrous lactose or microcrystalline cellulose.
49. A pharmaceutical composition according to any one of claims 42 to 48 wherein the controlled-release fraction further comprises a glidant, optionally wherein the glidant comprises hydrophilic silica.
50. A pharmaceutical composition according to any one of claims 42 to 49 wherein the controlled-release fraction further comprises a lubricant, optionally wherein the lubricant comprises magnesium stearate.
51. A pharmaceutical composition according to any one of claims 42 to 50 wherein the controlled-release fraction comprises:
the angiotensin II receptor antagonist, in an amount of from 20 wt. % to 30 wt. % based on the total weight of the controlled-release fraction;
a hydrophilic polymer as defined in claim 43 or claim 44, in an amount of from 15 wt. % to 35 wt. % based on the total weight of the controlled-release fraction;
optionally, a lubricant as defined in claim 50, in an amount of up to 2 wt. % based on the total weight of the controlled-release fraction;
optionally, a glidant as defined in claim 49, in an amount of up to 2 wt. % based on the total weight of the controlled-release fraction; and
a filler as defined in claim 48, optionally wherein the filler makes up the balance of the controlled-release fraction.
52. A pharmaceutical composition according to any one of claims 42 to 51 wherein the controlled-release fraction comprises:
the angiotensin II receptor antagonist, in an amount of from 20 wt. % to 30 wt. % based on the total weight of the controlled-release fraction;
a hydrophilic polymer as defined in claim 43 or claim 44, in an amount of from 25 wt. % to 35 wt. % based on the total weight of the controlled-release fraction;
optionally, a lubricant as defined in claim 50, in an amount of up to 2 wt. % based on the total weight of the controlled-release fraction;
optionally, a glidant as defined in claim 49, in an amount of up to 2 wt. % based on the total weight of the controlled-release fraction; and
a filler as defined in claim 48, wherein the filler makes up the balance of the controlled- release fraction.
53. A pharmaceutical composition according to claim 52 wherein the filler comprises microcrystalline cellulose.
54. A pharmaceutical composition according to any one of the preceding claims wherein the first fraction comprises said angiotensin II receptor antagonist and a disintegrant.
55. A pharmaceutical composition according to claim 54 wherein the disintegrant is selected from polyvinylpyrrolidone (PVPP, crospovidone), alginic acid, carboxymethylcellulose calcium, carboxymethylcellulose sodium, colloidal silicon dioxide, croscarmellose sodium, guar gum, magnesium aluminium silicate, microcrystalline cellulose, methyl cellulose, polyvinylpyrrolidone (PVP), polacrilin potassium, pregelatinised starch, sodium alginate, sodium lauryl sulphate, and sodium starch glycolate.
56. A pharmaceutical composition according to claim 54 or claim 55 wherein the disintegrant is crospovidone.
57. A pharmaceutical composition according to any one of claims 54 to 56 wherein the first fraction further comprises one or more fillers, optionally wherein the one or more fillers comprise lactose, cellulose, or lactose and cellulose.
58. A pharmaceutical composition according to any one of claims 54 to 57 wherein the first fraction further comprises a glidant, optionally wherein the glidant is hydrophilic silica.
59. A pharmaceutical composition according to any one of claims 54 to 58 wherein the first fraction further comprises a lubricant, optionally wherein the lubricant is magnesium stearate.
60. A pharmaceutical composition according to any one of claims 54 to 59 wherein the first fraction comprises:
the angiotensin II receptor antagonist, in an amount of from 5 wt. % to 15 wt. % based on the total weight of the first fraction;
a disintegrant as defined in any one of claims 54 to 56, in an amount of from 0.5 wt. % to 10 wt. % based on the total weight of the first fraction;
optionally, a lubricant as defined in claim 59, in an amount of up to 2 wt. % based on the total weight of the first fraction;
optionally, a glidant as defined in claim 58, in an amount of up to 2 wt. % based on the total weight of the first fraction; and
one or more fillers as defined in claim 57, optionally wherein the filler makes up the balance of the first fraction.
61. A pharmaceutical composition according to any one of the preceding claims wherein the controlled-re lease fraction is as defined in any one of claims 42 to 53 and the first fraction is as defined in any one of claims 54 to 60.
62. A pharmaceutical composition according to claim 61 wherein:
- the controlled-release fraction comprises:
the angiotensin II receptor antagonist, in an amount of from 20 wt. % to 30 wt. % based on the total weight of the controlled-release fraction; a hydrophilic polymer as defined in claim 43 or claim 44, in an amount of from 15 wt. % to 35 wt. % based on the total weight of the controlled-release fraction; optionally, a lubricant as defined in claim 50, in an amount of up to 2 wt. % based on the total weight of the controlled-release fraction; optionally, a glidant as defined in claim 49, in an amount of up to 2 wt. % based on the total weight of the controlled- release fraction; and a filler as defined in claim 48, optionally wherein said filler makes up the balance of the controlled-release fraction; and
- the first fraction comprises:
the angiotensin II receptor antagonist, in an amount of from 5 wt. % to 15 wt. % based on the total weight of the first fraction; a disintegrant as defined in any one of claims 54 to 56, in an amount of from 0.5 wt. % to 10 wt. % based on the total weight of the first fraction;
optionally, a lubricant as defined in claim 59, in an amount of up to 2 wt. % based on the total weight of the first fraction; optionally, a glidant as defined in claim 58, in an amount of up to 2 wt. % based on the total weight of the first fraction; and one or more fillers as defined in claim 57, optionally wherein the one or more fillers make up the balance of the first fraction.
63. A pharmaceutical composition according to claim 62 wherein the hydrophilic polymer is a cellulose ether and is present in an amount of from 25 wt. % to 35 wt. % based on the total weight of the controlled-release fraction, preferably in an amount of from 28 wt. % to 32 wt. %.
64. A pharmaceutical composition according to claim 63 wherein the filler in the controlled- release fraction comprises microcrystalline cellulose.
65. A pharmaceutical composition according to any one of claims 62 to 65 wherein the total mass of the angiotensin II receptor antagonist in the first fraction and the controlled-release fraction is from 80 mg to 640 mg, and:
the ratio of the mass of the angiotensin II receptor antagonist in the controlled-release fraction to the mass of the angiotensin II receptor antagonist in the first fraction is from 96:4 to 70:30, preferably from 96:4 to 80:20; or
the mass of the angiotensin II receptor antagonist in the first fraction is from 28 mg to 32 mg.
66. A pharmaceutical composition according to any one of claims 1 to 53 wherein the first fraction is a rapidly disintegrating component comprising: said angiotensin II receptor antagonist, a disintegrating agent and optionally a swelling agent.
67. A pharmaceutical composition according to claim 66 wherein the first fraction comprises: said angiotensin II receptor antagonist; a disintegrant which is a dissacharide alcohol,
carboxymethylcellulose or sodium croscarmellose; and optionally a modified starch.
68. A pharmaceutical composition according to claim 66 or claim 67 wherein the first fraction comprises said angiotensin II receptor antagonist, isomalt and sodium starch glycolate.
69. A pharmaceutical composition according to any one of claims 1 to 53 wherein the first fraction is a rapidly disintegrating component comprising: said angiotensin II receptor antagonist in a matrix of a buccal fluid-dispersible polymer, and a polysaccharide, optionally wherein:
the buccal fluid-dispersible polymer comprises gelatine, or the polysaccharide comprises mannitol, or the buccal fluid-dispersible polymer comprises gelatine and the polysaccharide comprises mannitol.
70. A pharmaceutical composition according to any one of claims 1 to 53 wherein the first fraction is a rapidly disintegrating component comprising: (i) said angiotensin II receptor antagonist, (ii) an effervescence agent, and (iii) a disintegrating agent or a water soluble excipient, optionally wherein:
the effervescence agent comprises: an alkali metal carbonate or bicarbonate and optionally an organic acid; and
the water soluble excipient is: a sugar, optionally wherein the sugar is mannitol.
71. A pharmaceutical composition according to any one of claims 1 to 53 wherein the first fraction is a rapidly disintegrating component comprising: said angiotensin II receptor antagonist and a melt-spun sugar which comprises filaments of the sugar, optionally wherein the sugar is sucrose.
72. A pharmaceutical composition according to any one of claims 1 to 53 wherein the first fraction is a rapidly disintegrating component comprising: said angiotensin II receptor antagonist, a low mould ability saccharide and a high mould ability saccharide, wherein the low mould ability saccharide is granulated using the high mould ability saccharide as a binder, optionally wherein: the low mould ability saccharide is lactose or mannitol; and/or
the high mould ability saccharide is maltose or maltitol.
73. A pharmaceutical composition according to any one of claims 1 to 53 wherein the first fraction is a rapidly disintegrating component comprising: said angiotensin II receptor antagonist which is dispersed or adsorbed over a high surface area inert substrate, optionally wherein: the substrate is an ion exchange resin, a polymeric absorbent, activated carbon, or silica gel; or
the substrate is selected from: Amberlite ® XAD-4, Amberlite ® XAD-7, Amberlite ® XAD- 16, AMBERSORB ® 348F, AMBERSORB ® 563, AMBERSORB ® 572, Activated carbon, Activated carbon Darco ®, Activated carbon Darco ® G-60, Activated carbon Darco ® KB, Activated carbon Darco ® KB-B, Activated carbon Norit ®, and silica gel.
74. A pharmaceutical composition according to any one of claims 1 to 53 wherein the controlled- release fraction comprises said angiotensin II receptor antagonist and one or more excipients which promote modified release, optionally wherein the excipients which promote modified release comprise one or more polymers.
75. A pharmaceutical composition according to any one of claims 1 to 53 wherein the controlled- release fraction comprises said angiotensin II receptor antagonist and a dissolvable or erodible polymer suitable for promoting prolonged release of the angiotensin II receptor antagonist, optionally wherein:
the polymer is selected from glyceryl monostearate, acrylic resins, ethylcellulose, stearyl alcohol, hydroxypropylcellulose, carboxymethyl-cellulose, hypromellose, methylcellulose, hydroxyethyl-methylcellulose, sodium carboxymethylcellulose.
76. A pharmaceutical composition according to any one of claims 1 to 53 wherein the controlled- release fraction comprises: a composition comprising said angiotensin II receptor antagonist, which composition is coated with a porous or semipermeable membrane suitable for promoting prolonged release of the angiotensin II receptor antagonist, optionally wherein:
the semi-permeable membrane comprises a polymer, optionally wherein the polymer is a methacrylate polymer, ethylcellulose, cellulose acetate, poly(ethylene glycol), or a mixture of two or more thereof; or
the semi-permeable membrane comprises cellulose acetate and poly(ethylene glycol).
77. A pharmaceutical composition according to claim 76 wherein the composition comprising said angiotensin II receptor antagonist, which is coated with the membrane, further comprises an osmagent, optionally wherein the osmagent is selected from sodium chloride, potassium chloride, lithium chloride, magnesium chloride, magnesium sulphate, lithium sulphate, sodium sulphate, potassium sulphate, citric acid, mannitol, ribose, arabinose, galactose, leucine, glycine, fructose, sucrose, and sodium and other bicarbonates, or a mixture of two or more thereof.
78. A pharmaceutical composition according to any one of claims 1 to 53 wherein the controlled- re lease fraction comprises: said angiotensin II receptor antagonist and a coating for delaying exposure of the angiotensin II receptor antagonist to buccal, gastric, or intestinal fluids; optionally wherein the controlled-release fraction further comprises beadlets, pellets, spheroids, minitablets and/or granules comprising the angiotensin II receptor antagonist which are coated with said coating.
79. A pharmaceutical composition according to claim 78 wherein the coating comprises an enteric coating which dissolves at a pH greater than 5.0.
80. A pharmaceutical composition according to claim 28 or claim 79 wherein the enteric coating comprises a methacrylic acid-methyl methacrylate co-polymer.
81. A pharmaceutical composition according to claim 78 wherein the coating comprises a pH- dependent polymer, optionally wherein the pH-dependent polymer is selected from cellulose acetate phthalate, hydroxypropylmethylcellulose phthalate 50, hydroxypropylmethylcellulose phthalate 55, polyvinylacetate phthalate, methacrylic acid-methyl methacrylate copolymer (1 : 1), methacrylic acid- methyl methacrylate copolymer (2: 1), methacrylic acid-ethyl acrylate copolymer (2: 1),
hydroxypropylmethylcellulose acetate succinate, poly(methylvinylether/maleic acid) monoethylester, poly(methylvinylether/maleic acid)n-butyl ester, and shellac.
82. A pharmaceutical composition according to claim 78 wherein the coating comprises a non- pH-dependent polymer, optionally wherein the polymer is selected from: acacia, alginate, amylase, beeswax, carboxymethylcellulose, carnuba wax, cellulose acetate, cholesterol, ethylcellulose, fatty acids, gelatine, glyceryl behenate, glyceryl monostearate, glyceryl monodistearate, glyceryl tripalmitate, hypromellose, hydroxypropylcellulose, hydrogenated vegetable oil, lecithin,
methylcellulose, paraffin wax, pectin, polyethylene glycol, polycaprolactone, polyglycolic acid, polylactic acid, polyglyclide-co-lactide co-polymers, polyvinylprroylidone, starch, stearic acid, stearyl alcohol, partially hydrogenated cottonseed oil/soyabean oil, partially hydrogenated palm oil, partially hydrogenated cottonseed oil, partially hydrogenated soyabean oil, partially hydrogenated castor oil, and polyethylene glycol 3350.
83. A pharmaceutical composition according to any one of claims 74 to 82 wherein the first fraction is as defined in any one of claims 54 to 60 and 66 to 73.
84. A pharmaceutical composition according to any one of the preceding claims wherein the angiotensin II receptor antagonist is valsartan, losartan, candesartan, eprosartan, irbesartan, olmesartan, telmisartan, azilsartan, fimasartan, saprisartan, tasosartan, elisartan, a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, or a co-crystal thereof.
85. A pharmaceutical composition according to any one of the preceding claims wherein the angiotensin II receptor antagonist is valsartan, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
86. A pharmaceutical composition according to claim 85 wherein the angiotensin II receptor antagonist is valsartan in the free form.
87. A pharmaceutical composition according to any one of claims 1 to 84 wherein the angiotensin II receptor antagonist is losartan or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
88. A pharmaceutical composition according to claim 87 wherein the pharmaceutically acceptable salt of losartan is losartan potassium or a salt of losartan with a mineral acid.
89. A pharmaceutical composition according to claim 88 wherein the salt of losartan with a mineral acid is selected from losartan hydriodide, losartan sulfate, losartan nitrate, losartan phosphate, losartan phosphite, losartan sulphite, losartan sulfamate, losartan thiocyanate, losartan tetraborate and losartan tetrafluoroborate.
90. A pharmaceutical composition according to any one of claims 1 to 84 wherein the angiotensin II receptor antagonist is candesartan or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
91. A pharmaceutical composition according to any one of claims 1 to 84 wherein the angiotensin II receptor antagonist is eprosartan or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
92. A pharmaceutical composition according to any one of claims 1 to 84 wherein the angiotensin II receptor antagonist is irbesartan, olmesartan, azilsartan or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
93. A pharmaceutical composition according to any one of claims 1 to 84 wherein the angiotensin II receptor antagonist is telmisartan or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
94. A pharmaceutical composition according to any one of claims 1 to 84 wherein the angiotensin II receptor antagonist is fimasartan, saprisartan, tasosartan, elisartan, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
95. A pharmaceutical composition as defined in any one of claims 1 to 94, for use in a method for treatment of the human or animal body by therapy.
96. A pharmaceutical composition as defined in any one of claims 1 to 94, for use in a method for treatment or prophylaxis of a condition selected from hypertension, heart failure, chronic renal failure, diabetic neuropathy, and a cardiovascular disease.
97. A pharmaceutical composition according to claim 96, for use in a method for treatment or prophylaxis of hypertension.
98. A pharmaceutical composition according to claim 97, for use in a method for treatment or prophylaxis of stroke or heart attack resulting from hypertension.
99. A pharmaceutical composition according to claim 98, for use in a method for treatment or prophylaxis of early-morning stroke or early-morning heart attack resulting from hypertension.
100. A pharmaceutical composition according to claim 96, for use in a method for treatment or prophylaxis of heart failure in patients who are intolerant of angiotensin converting enzyme (ACE) inhibitors.
101. A pharmaceutical composition according to claim 96, for use in a method for treatment or prophylaxis of a cardiovascular disease selected from coronary artery disease, peripheral arterial disease, cerebrovascular disease, renal artery stenosis, aortic aneurysm, cardiomyopathy, hypertensive heart disease, heart failure, pulmonary heart disease, cardiac dysrhythmia, inflammatory heart disease, endocarditis, inflammatory cardiomegaly, myocarditis, valvular heart disease, congenital heart disease and rheumatic heart disease.
102. A pharmaceutical composition according to any one of claims 95 to 101, for use as defined in said claim, wherein the method comprises administering the composition to a subject in need thereof once every dosing interval, and thereby ensuring maintenance of the angiotensin II receptor antagonist within the therapeutic window throughout the dosing interval.
103. A pharmaceutical composition according to claim 102 wherein the dosing interval is 24 hours.
104. A pharmaceutical composition according to any one of claims 95 to 103, for use as defined in said claim, wherein the method comprises administering the composition to a subject in need thereof, and thereby releasing the angiotensin II receptor antagonist from the controlled-release fraction in vivo over a period of x hours from the time of administration of the composition to the subject, wherein x is at least 8.
105. A pharmaceutical composition according to claim 104, for use as defined in said claim, wherein x is at least 10.
106. A pharmaceutical composition according to claim 104 or claim 105, for use as defined in said claim, wherein x is at least 12.
107. A pharmaceutical composition according to any one of claims 104 to 106, for use as defined in said claim, wherein x is at least 15, optionally wherein x is: at least 17, or at least 20.
108. A pharmaceutical composition according to any one of claims 104 to 107 wherein x is up to 24.
109. A pharmaceutical composition according to any one of claims 95 to 108, for use as defined in said claim, wherein the method comprises administering the composition to a subject in need thereof once every dosing interval, and thereby maintaining the angiotensin II receptor antagonist within the therapeutic window for y % of the time during the dosing interval, wherein y is at least 50.
1 10. A pharmaceutical composition according to claim 109, for use as defined in said claim, wherein y is at least 90, preferably at least 95, and most preferably 100.
1 1 1. A pharmaceutical composition according to claim 109 or claim 1 10, for use as defined in said claim, wherein the dosing interval is 24 hours.
1 12. A pharmaceutical composition according to any one of claims 95 to 1 1 1, for use as defined in said claim, wherein the method comprises administering the composition to a subject in need thereof once every dosing interval, and thereby maintaining the angiotensin II receptor antagonist at or above a drug plasma level, 1, in the subject for q % of the time during the dosing interval, wherein q is at least 45.
1 13. A pharmaceutical composition according to claim 1 12, for use as defined in said claim, wherein the dosing interval is 24 hours.
114. A pharmaceutical composition according to claim 112 or claim 113, for use as defined in said claim, wherein q is at least 50, preferably least 65, and more preferably at least 70.
115. A pharmaceutical composition according to any one of claims 112 to 114, for use as defined in said claim, wherein q is at least 75, preferably at least 80, more preferably at least 85.
116. A pharmaceutical composition according to any one of claims 112 to 115, for use as defined in said claim, wherein q is at least 90, preferably at least 95, more preferably 100.
117. A pharmaceutical composition according to any one of claims 112 to 116, for use as defined in said claim, wherein said drug plasma level, 1, is the plasma concentration (IC50) required for obtaining 50% of a maximum therapeutic effect in vivo.
118. A pharmaceutical composition according to any one of claims 112 to 117, for use as defined in said claim, wherein the drug plasma level, 1, is the plasma concentration (IC50) required for obtaining 50% of a maximum reduction in blood pressure in vivo.
119. A pharmaceutical composition according to any one of claims 112 to 118, for use as defined in said claim, wherein the drug plasma level, 1, is 1.2 mg/L.
120. A pharmaceutical composition according to claim 118 or claim 119, for use as defined in said claim, wherein the method is for treatment or prophylaxis of hypertension and the angiotensin II receptor antagonist is valsartan.
121. Use of a pharmaceutical composition as defined in any one of claims 1 to 94 in the manufacture of a medicament for use in the treatment or prophylaxis of a condition selected from hypertension, heart failure, chronic renal failure, diabetic neuropathy and a cardiovascular disease, optionally wherein the treatment or prophylaxis of said condition is as further defined in any one of claims 97 to 120.
122. A method for the treatment or prophylaxis of a condition selected from hypertension, heart failure, chronic renal failure, diabetic neuropathy and a cardiovascular disease, which method comprises administering a pharmaceutical composition as defined in any one of claims 1 to 94 to a subject in need thereof.
123. A method according to claim 122, wherein the method is as further defined in any one of claims 97 to 120.
PCT/GB2017/0519602016-07-012017-07-03Novel formulations of angiotensin ii receptor antagonistsWO2018002673A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (4)

Application NumberPriority DateFiling DateTitle
GBGB1611623.8AGB201611623D0 (en)2016-07-012016-07-01Novel formulations of losartan
GBGB1611620.4AGB201611620D0 (en)2016-07-012016-07-01Novel formulations of valsartan
GB1611623.82016-07-01
GB1611620.42016-07-01

Publications (1)

Publication NumberPublication Date
WO2018002673A1true WO2018002673A1 (en)2018-01-04

Family

ID=59298480

Family Applications (1)

Application NumberTitlePriority DateFiling Date
PCT/GB2017/051960WO2018002673A1 (en)2016-07-012017-07-03Novel formulations of angiotensin ii receptor antagonists

Country Status (1)

CountryLink
WO (1)WO2018002673A1 (en)

Cited By (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication numberPriority datePublication dateAssigneeTitle
CN111643461A (en)*2019-03-042020-09-11鲁南制药集团股份有限公司Tablet for treating hypertension and preparation method thereof
WO2022076746A1 (en)*2020-10-092022-04-14Scienture, Inc.Losartan liquid formulations and methods of use

Citations (323)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication numberPriority datePublication dateAssigneeTitle
US2985589A (en)1957-05-221961-05-23Universal Oil Prod CoContinuous sorption process employing fixed bed of sorbent and moving inlets and outlets
US3760984A (en)1971-09-291973-09-25Alza CorpOsmotically powered agent dispensing device with filling means
US3845770A (en)1972-06-051974-11-05Alza CorpOsmatic dispensing device for releasing beneficial agent
US3916899A (en)1973-04-251975-11-04Alza CorpOsmotic dispensing device with maximum and minimum sizes for the passageway
US3987790A (en)1975-10-011976-10-26Alza CorporationOsmotically driven fluid dispenser
US4008719A (en)1976-02-021977-02-22Alza CorporationOsmotic system having laminar arrangement for programming delivery of active agent
US4036227A (en)1973-04-251977-07-19Alza CorporationOsmotic releasing device having a plurality of release rate patterns
US4576604A (en)1983-03-041986-03-18Alza CorporationOsmotic system with instant drug availability
US4578075A (en)1982-12-201986-03-25Alza CorporationDelivery system housing a plurality of delivery devices
US4642903A (en)1985-03-261987-02-17R. P. Scherer CorporationFreeze-dried foam dosage form
US4673405A (en)1983-03-041987-06-16Alza CorporationOsmotic system with instant drug availability
US4681583A (en)1982-12-201987-07-21Alza CorporationSystem for dispersing drug in biological environment
US4693895A (en)1984-10-261987-09-15Alza CorporationColon delivery system
US4705515A (en)1984-10-261987-11-10Alza CorporationDosage form for administering drug of the colon
US4773907A (en)1982-12-201988-09-27Alza CorporationPrimary delivery system comprising secondary dosage form
US4855326A (en)1987-04-201989-08-08Fuisz Pharmaceutical Ltd.Rapidly dissoluble medicinal dosage unit and method of manufacture
US5130439A (en)1991-11-181992-07-14Lo Young STetrazolylphenylboronic acid intermediates for the synthesis of AII receptor antagonists
US5138069A (en)1986-07-111992-08-11E. I. Du Pont De Nemours And CompanyAngiotensin II receptor blocking imidazoles
US5178878A (en)1989-10-021993-01-12Cima Labs, Inc.Effervescent dosage form with microparticles
US5206374A (en)1991-11-181993-04-27E. I. Du Pont De Nemours And CompanyProcess for preparing tetrazolylphenylboronic acid intermediates
US5210079A (en)1988-01-071993-05-11E. I. Du Pont De Nemours And CompanyTreatment of chronic renal failure with imidazole angiotensin-II receptor antagonists
WO1993010106A1 (en)1991-11-181993-05-27E.I. Du Pont De Nemours And CompanyTetrazolylphenylboronic acid intermediates for the synthesis of aii receptor antagonists
US5229133A (en)1990-01-241993-07-20Alza CorporationDelivery system comprising means for controlling internal pressure
US5246943A (en)1992-05-191993-09-21Warner-Lambert CompanySubstituted 1,2,3,4-tetahydroisoquinolines with angiotensin II receptor antagonist properties
US5264447A (en)1992-09-011993-11-23Merck & Co., Inc.Angiotensin II antagonist
US5266583A (en)1992-09-011993-11-30Merck & Co., Inc.Angitotensin II antagonist
US5308862A (en)1993-03-051994-05-03Boehringer Mannheim Pharmaceuticals Corporation - Smithkline Beecham Corp., Ltd. Partnership No. 1Use of, and method of treatment using, carbazolyl-(4)-oxypropanolamine compounds for inhibition of smooth muscle cell proliferation
US5382587A (en)1993-06-301995-01-17Merck & Co., Inc.Spirocycles
US5399578A (en)1990-02-191995-03-21Ciba-Geigy CorpAcyl compounds
US5436259A (en)1991-05-101995-07-25Merck & Co., Inc.Substituted 1,2,4-triazolin-3-one compounds bearing acidic functional groups as balanced angiotensin II antagonists
US5464632A (en)1991-07-221995-11-07Laboratoires PrographarmRapidly disintegratable multiparticular tablet
US5464854A (en)1993-11-111995-11-07Depadova; Anathony S.Method of modifying ovarian hormone-regulated AT1 receptor activity as treatment of incapacitating symptom(s) of P.M.S.
US5466692A (en)1993-03-241995-11-14American Home Products CorporationSubstituted pyridopyrimidines and antihypertensives
US5538991A (en)1994-09-141996-07-23Merck & Co., Inc.Endothelin antagonists bearing 5-membered heterocyclic amides
US5550127A (en)1995-09-071996-08-27Pantano; James A.Method of treatment for eiph in racing stock
US5559135A (en)1994-09-141996-09-24Merck & Co., Inc.Endothelin antagonists bearing pyridyl amides
US5565485A (en)1993-03-191996-10-15Merck & Co., Inc.Biphenyl compounds useful or endothelin antagonists
US5576014A (en)1994-01-311996-11-19Yamanouchi Pharmaceutical Co., LtdIntrabuccally dissolving compressed moldings and production process thereof
US5608075A (en)1993-12-231997-03-04Merck & Co., Inc.Polymorphs of losartan and the process for the preparation of form II of losartan
US5607697A (en)1995-06-071997-03-04Cima Labs, IncorporatedTaste masking microparticles for oral dosage forms
US5629331A (en)1994-10-191997-05-13SanofiProcess for the preparation of a tetrazole derivative in two crystalline forms and novel the crystalline forms thereof
US5645839A (en)1995-06-071997-07-08Trustees Of Boston UniversityCombined use of angiotensin inhibitors and nitric oxide stimulators to treat fibrosis
US5658936A (en)1995-09-181997-08-19Brigham & Women's Hospital, Inc.Enhancement of erectile function with renin-angiotensin system inhibitors
US5663187A (en)1994-03-291997-09-02Merck & Co., Inc.Treatment of atherosclerosis with angiotensin II receptor blocking imidazoles
US5665738A (en)1994-05-211997-09-09Korea Research Institute Of Chemical TechnologyImidazole derivatives and processes for the preparation thereof
US5688499A (en)1996-03-131997-11-18Queen's University At KingstonAntagonism of endothelin actions
US5691348A (en)1994-06-111997-11-25Daewoo Electronics Co., Ltd.Pyridyl imidazole derivatives and processes for the preparation thereof
US5693812A (en)1996-06-031997-12-02Merck & Co. Inc.Polymorphic forms of an angiotensin II antagonist
US5696116A (en)1993-07-151997-12-09Hoffmann-La Roche Inc.Pharmaceutical composition which contains a renin angiotensin system inhibitor and an endothelin antagonist
US5736561A (en)1993-02-251998-04-07Takeda Chemical Industries, Ltd.Vascular hypertrophy suppressor
US5738875A (en)1994-10-281998-04-14R.P. Scherer CorporationProcess for preparing solid pharmaceutical dosage forms
US5756507A (en)1995-12-141998-05-26Merck & Co., Inc.Antagonists of gonadotropin releasing hormone
US5767310A (en)1993-03-191998-06-16Merck & Co., Inc.Phenoxyphenylacetic acid derivatives
US5780437A (en)1995-12-141998-07-14Merck & Co., Inc.Antagonists of gonadotropin releasing hormone
US5795904A (en)1996-12-061998-08-18Merck & Co., Inc.Enhanced functional recovery of the heart by losartan treatment after an ischemic attach
US5795909A (en)1996-05-221998-08-18Neuromedica, Inc.DHA-pharmaceutical agent conjugates of taxanes
US5824696A (en)1993-09-011998-10-20Smithkline Beecham CorporationMedicaments
US5834432A (en)1995-06-061998-11-10The University Of Southern CaliforniaUse of angiotensin II Type 2 receptor agonists in tissue repair
US5849753A (en)1994-02-081998-12-15Korea Research Institute Of Chemical TechnologyPyridyl imidazole derivatives and processes for the preparation thereof
US5849764A (en)1995-12-141998-12-15Merck & Co., Inc.Antagonists of gonadotropin releasing hormone
US5858990A (en)1997-03-041999-01-12St. Elizabeth's Medical CenterFas ligand compositions for treatment of proliferative disorders
US5859258A (en)1996-10-291999-01-12Merck & Company, Inc.Process for the crystalization of losartan
US5869476A (en)1994-09-171999-02-09Boryung Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd.Pyrimidinone derivatives
US5883122A (en)1996-06-041999-03-16Queen's University At KingstonNitrate esters and their use for neurological conditions
US5889020A (en)1994-02-081999-03-30Ciba Vision CorporationTreatment of normotensive glaucoma with angiotensin II antagonists
US5891465A (en)1996-05-141999-04-06Biozone Laboratories, Inc.Delivery of biologically active material in a liposomal formulation for administration into the mouth
US5900428A (en)1995-05-191999-05-04Astra AktiebolagPharmacological use of AII-receptor antagonists
US5916910A (en)1997-06-041999-06-29Medinox, Inc.Conjugates of dithiocarbamates with pharmacologically active agents and uses therefore
US5925012A (en)1996-12-271999-07-20Eclipse Surgical Technologies, Inc.Laser assisted drug delivery
US5952305A (en)1992-04-101999-09-14Brigham And Women's Hospital, Inc.Methods for reducing risk of repeat myocardial infarction and increasing survival in heart attack victims
US5958884A (en)1997-04-111999-09-28The Brigham And Women's Hospital, Inc.Compositions and methods for treating erectile dysfunction
US5962500A (en)1994-03-311999-10-05Eide; Ivar K.Insulin sensitivity with angiotensin II receptor blocking imidazoles
US5968978A (en)1997-09-221999-10-19Hoechst Marion Roussel DeutschlandBiphenylsulfonylcyanamides, process for their preparation, and their use as medicament
US5977377A (en)1997-12-101999-11-02The Nippon Synthetic Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.Process for producing N-alkylimidazole
US5981470A (en)1994-06-071999-11-09The University Of BirminghamUterine fibroid treatment
US5981550A (en)1997-06-051999-11-09Merck & Co., Inc.Antagonists of gonadotropin releasing hormone
US5985901A (en)1997-06-051999-11-16Merck & Co., Inc.Antagonists of gonadotropin releasing hormone
US5985892A (en)1998-04-021999-11-16Merck & Co., Ltd.Antagonists of gonadotropin releasing hormone
US5985856A (en)1997-12-311999-11-16University Of KansasWater soluble prodrugs of secondary and tertiary amine containing drugs and methods of making thereof
US5985915A (en)1996-03-181999-11-16SanofiUse of antiarrhythmic compounds in the prevention of post-infarction mortality
US5990092A (en)1996-09-061999-11-23St. Elizabeth's Medical CenterGATA-6 transcription factor: compositions and methods
US5998432A (en)1998-04-021999-12-07Merck & Co., Inc.Antagonists of gonadotropin releasing hormone
US6004984A (en)1997-06-051999-12-21Merck & Co., Inc.Antagonists of gonadotropin releasing hormone
US6008221A (en)1996-11-061999-12-28Bristol-Myers Squibb CompanyMethod for treating Alzheimer's disease with folic acid
WO1999067231A1 (en)1998-06-191999-12-29Nicox S.A.Nitrate salts of antihypertensive medicines
US6013630A (en)1997-08-212000-01-11Curagen CorporationAtrial natriuretic factor mutants and ischemic stroke
US6017944A (en)1997-10-282000-01-25Merck & Co., Inc.Antagonists of gonadotropin releasing hormone
US6025366A (en)1998-04-022000-02-15Merck & Co., Inc.Antagonists of gonadotropin releasing hormone
US6046224A (en)1997-10-152000-04-04City Of Hope12 (S)--hete receptor blockers
US6071931A (en)1995-10-062000-06-06Novartis AgAT1 -receptor antagonists for preventing and treating postischemic renal failure and for protecting ischemic kidneys
US6077847A (en)1998-04-022000-06-20Merck & Co., Inc.Antagonists of gonadotropin releasing hormone
US6087368A (en)1998-06-082000-07-11Bristol-Myers Squibb CompanyQuinazolinone inhibitors of cGMP phosphodiesterase
US6087386A (en)1996-06-242000-07-11Merck & Co., Inc.Composition of enalapril and losartan
US6093748A (en)1995-02-282000-07-25Ahluwalia; Gurpreet S.Inhibition of hair growth
US6096772A (en)1995-06-192000-08-01Astra AktiebolagUse of Angiotensin II type 1 receptor antagonists in the treatment of dyspeptic symptoms
US6103266A (en)1998-04-222000-08-15Tapolsky; Gilles H.Pharmaceutical gel preparation applicable to mucosal surfaces and body tissues
US6110895A (en)1996-12-162000-08-29University Of Southern CaliforniaMethod of promoting healing in skin grafts
US6110931A (en)1998-04-022000-08-29Merck & Co., Inc.Antagonists of gonadotropin releasing hormone
US6139860A (en)1996-06-112000-10-31Queen Mary & Westfield CollegeMethod of stimulating cilia
US6140319A (en)1999-03-292000-10-31Bristol-Myers Squibb Co.Vasopeptidase inhibitors to treat angina pectoris
US6147088A (en)1996-05-202000-11-14Merck & Co., Inc.Antagonists of gonadotropin releasing hormone
US6150356A (en)1998-09-012000-11-21Bristol-Myers Squibb CompanyPotassium channel inhibitors and method
US6150352A (en)1996-05-202000-11-21Merck & Co., Inc.Antagonists of gonadotropin releasing hormone
US6150522A (en)1996-05-202000-11-21Merck & Co., Inc.Antagonists of gonadotropin releasing hormone
US6156772A (en)1997-06-052000-12-05Merck & Co., Inc.Antagonists of gonadotropin releasing hormone
US6156767A (en)1997-06-052000-12-05Merck & Co., Inc.Antagonists of gonadotropin releasing hormone
US6159975A (en)1998-02-112000-12-12Merck & Co., Inc.Antagonists of gonadotropin releasing hormone
US6162813A (en)1996-05-202000-12-19Merck & Co., Inc.Antagonists of gonadotropin releasing hormone
US6165978A (en)1997-12-122000-12-26University Of Southern CaliforniaWound healing composition
US6172080B1 (en)1999-03-102001-01-09Merck & Co., Inc.6-azaindole compounds as antagonists of gonadotropin releasing hormone
US6174910B1 (en)1996-02-292001-01-16Novartis AgAT1 receptor antagonist for the stimulation of apoptosis
US6177452B1 (en)1996-04-032001-01-23Takeda Chemical Industries, Ltd.Oxazole derivatives, their production and use
US6179809B1 (en)1997-09-242001-01-30Eclipse Surgical Technologies, Inc.Drug delivery catheter with tip alignment
US6180642B1 (en)1999-03-102001-01-30Merck & Co., Inc.6-azaindole compounds as antagonists of Gonadotropin releasing hormone
US6183444B1 (en)1998-05-162001-02-06Microheart, Inc.Drug delivery module
US6187340B1 (en)1997-09-102001-02-13Takeda Chemical Industries, Ltd.Stabilized pharmaceutical preparation
US6191156B1 (en)1997-04-112001-02-20The Brigham And Women's Hospital, Inc.Compositions and methods for treating bladder dysfunction
US6197959B1 (en)1999-04-272001-03-06Hoffmann-La Roche Inc.Piperidine derivatives
US6197975B1 (en)1995-12-142001-03-06Merck & Co. , Inc.Antagonists of gonadotropin releasing hormone
US6201002B1 (en)1997-01-102001-03-13Merck & Co., Inc.Method for reducing mortality with an angiotensin II antagonist
US6200957B1 (en)1995-12-142001-03-13Merck & Co., Inc.Antagonists of gonadotropin releasing hormone
US6204281B1 (en)1998-07-102001-03-20Novartis AgMethod of treatment and pharmaceutical composition
US6211224B1 (en)1997-10-282001-04-03Merck & Co., Inc.Antagonists of gonadotropin releasing hormone
US6211217B1 (en)1999-03-162001-04-03Novartis AgMethod for reducing pericardial fibrosis and adhesion formation
US6218414B1 (en)1995-06-142001-04-17SanofiUse of an angiotensin II antagonist and a benzofuran derivative in the treatment of cardiovascular complaints
US6228867B1 (en)1998-04-022001-05-08Merck & Co., Inc.Antagonists of gonadotropin releasing hormone
US6235706B1 (en)1996-09-182001-05-22Merck & Co., Inc.Combination therapy for reducing the risks associated with cardiovascular disease
US6235731B1 (en)1996-04-242001-05-22Takeda Chemical Industries, Ltd.Fused imidazopyridine derivatives as antihyperlipidemic agents
US6235766B1 (en)1999-05-052001-05-22Aventis Pharma Deutschland Gmbh1-(p-thienylbenzyl)imidazoles as agonists of angiotensin (1-7) receptors, processes for their preparation, their use, and pharmaceutical preparations comprising them
US6239109B1 (en)1998-02-092001-05-29University Of Southern CaliforniaMethod of promoting erythropoiesis
US6248587B1 (en)1997-11-262001-06-19University Of Southern CailforniaMethod for promoting mesenchymal stem and lineage-specific cell proliferation
US6248729B1 (en)1998-06-172001-06-19Bristol-Myers Squibb Co.Combination of an ADP-receptor blocking antiplatelet drug and antihypertensive drug and a method for preventing a cerebral infarction employing such combination
US6248766B1 (en)1996-09-252001-06-19Takeda Chemical Industries, Ltd.Tricyclic compounds, their production and use
US6248363B1 (en)1999-11-232001-06-19Lipocine, Inc.Solid carriers for improved delivery of active ingredients in pharmaceutical compositions
US6251852B1 (en)1996-09-182001-06-26Merck & Co., Inc.Combination therapy for reducing the risks associated with cardiovascular disease
US6251926B1 (en)1998-05-112001-06-26Takeda Chemical Industries, Ltd.Oxyiminoalkanoic acid derivatives with hypoglycemic and hypolipidemic activity
US6251436B1 (en)1995-09-292001-06-26L.A.M. Pharmaceutical CorporationDrug preparations for treating sexual dysfunction
US6258032B1 (en)1997-01-292001-07-10William M. HammesfahrMethod of diagnosis and treatment and related compositions and apparatus
US6264914B1 (en)1996-10-282001-07-24Nycomed Imaging AsContrast agents
US6267985B1 (en)1999-06-302001-07-31Lipocine Inc.Clear oil-containing pharmaceutical compositions
US6271418B1 (en)2000-02-222001-08-07Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.Process for preparing (hetero) aromatic substituted benzene derivatives
US6271375B1 (en)1997-06-302001-08-07Zambon Group S.P.A.Ortho-metalation process for the synthesis of 2-substituted-1-(tetrazol-5-yl)benzenes
US6274627B1 (en)1999-10-122001-08-14Medinox, Inc.Conjugates of dithiocarbamate disulfides with pharmacologically active agents and uses therefor
US6284763B1 (en)1998-08-262001-09-04Queen's University At KingstonMethods for remodeling neuronal and cardiovascular pathways
US6284277B1 (en)1995-11-032001-09-04Sanofi-SynthelaboStable freeze-dried pharmaceutical formulation
US6288078B1 (en)1999-03-102001-09-11Merck & Co., Inc.6-azaindole compounds as antagonists of gonadotropin releasing hormone
US6294561B1 (en)1999-12-232001-09-25Icos CorporationCyclic AMP-specific phosphodiesterase inhibitors
US6294542B1 (en)1998-04-252001-09-25Boryung Pharmaceutical Co. Ltd.Pyrimidinone compounds, pharmaceutical compositions containing the compounds and the process for preparing the same
US6294192B1 (en)1999-02-262001-09-25Lipocine, Inc.Triglyceride-free compositions and methods for improved delivery of hydrophobic therapeutic agents
US6294197B1 (en)1996-06-272001-09-25Novartis AgSolid oral dosage forms of valsartan
US6297233B1 (en)1999-02-092001-10-02Bristol-Myers Squibb CompanyLactam inhibitors of FXa and method
US6300356B1 (en)1998-02-252001-10-09Merck & Co., Inc.Method for decreasing QT dispersion or inhibiting the progression of QT dispersion with an angiotensin II receptor antagonist
US6299904B1 (en)1997-05-272001-10-09Takeda Chemical Industries, Ltd.Solid pharmaceutical preparation
US6306826B1 (en)1997-06-042001-10-23The Regents Of The University Of CaliforniaTreatment of heart failure with growth hormone
US6310052B1 (en)1996-06-042001-10-30Queen's University At KingstonNitrate esters and their use for neurological conditions
US6316438B1 (en)1999-03-222001-11-13Bristol-Myers Squibb Co.Fused pyridopyridazine inhibitors of cGMP phosphodiesterase
US6322532B1 (en)1998-06-242001-11-273M Innovative Properties CompanySonophoresis method and apparatus
US6323236B2 (en)1999-02-242001-11-27University Of CincinnatiUse of sulfamate derivatives for treating impulse control disorders
US6323226B1 (en)1999-10-192001-11-27Texas Heart InstituteTreatment of heart disease with cox-2 inhibitors
US6326498B1 (en)2001-03-132001-12-04Council Of Scientific And Industrial ResearchProcess for the synthesis of 5-(2-flurophenyl)-1H-tetrazole
US6326379B1 (en)1998-09-162001-12-04Bristol-Myers Squibb Co.Fused pyridine inhibitors of cGMP phosphodiesterase
US6329384B1 (en)1997-09-262001-12-11Abbott LaboratoriesEndothelin antagonist and renin-angiotensin system inhibitor as a combined preparation
US6335451B1 (en)1997-01-222002-01-01Hoechst AktiengesellschaftFive-membered heterocycles having biphenylsulfonyl substitution, with sulfonylcyanamide side chain, compositions containing them, and methods of using them
US6335195B1 (en)1997-01-282002-01-01Maret CorporationMethod for promoting hematopoietic and mesenchymal cell proliferation and differentiation
US6339085B1 (en)1999-03-082002-01-15The University Of ManitobaTherapeutics for cardiovascular and related diseases
US6340708B1 (en)1998-01-162002-01-22Institut National De La Sante Et De La Recherche Medicale (Inserm)Pharmaceutical composition comprising at least one aminopeptidase A inhibitor
WO2002006253A1 (en)2000-07-192002-01-24Novartis AgValsartan salts
US6344450B1 (en)1999-02-092002-02-05Bristol-Myers Squibb CompanyLactam compounds and their use as inhibitors of serine proteases and method
US6348476B1 (en)1997-08-272002-02-19Aventis Pharma Deutschland GmbhPharmaceutical combination preparation of an inhibitor of the sodium/hydrogen exchanger and a medicament for the treatment of cardiovascular diseases
US6350880B1 (en)1999-12-062002-02-26Sumika Fine Chemicals Co., Ltd.Crystalline or crystallized acid addition salt of losartan and purification method of losartan
US6352721B1 (en)2000-01-142002-03-05Osmotica Corp.Combined diffusion/osmotic pumping drug delivery system
US6369069B1 (en)1998-02-042002-04-09Aventis Pharma Deutschland GmbhBiphenylsulfonyl cyanamides, method for the production thereof and their utilization as a medicament
US6369236B1 (en)1998-07-182002-04-09Aventis Pharma Deutschland GmbhImidazole derivatives with biphenylsulfonyl substitution method for preparing them and their use as a drug or diagnostic agent
US6372917B1 (en)1998-07-182002-04-16Aventis Pharma Deutschland GmbhBiphenylsulfonyl-substituted imidazole derivatives, their preparation process, their use as a drug or diagnostic agent and drug containing them
US6376242B1 (en)1999-09-212002-04-23Emory UniversityMethods and compositions for treating platelet-related disorders using MPL pathway inhibitory agents
US6376672B1 (en)1999-04-272002-04-23Hoffmann-La Roche Inc.Naphthalenylmethoxypiperidines as renin inhibitors
US6375956B1 (en)1999-07-222002-04-23Drugtech CorporationStrip pack
US6383500B1 (en)1996-06-272002-05-07Washington UniversityParticles comprising amphiphilic copolymers, having a crosslinked shell domain and an interior core domain, useful for pharmaceutical and other applications
US6383789B1 (en)2001-03-222002-05-07Pe Corporation (Ny)Isolated human UDP-glycosyltransferase, nucleic acid molecules encoding human UDP-glycosyltransferase, and uses thereof
US6383471B1 (en)1999-04-062002-05-07Lipocine, Inc.Compositions and methods for improved delivery of ionizable hydrophobic therapeutic agents
US6387894B1 (en)1999-06-112002-05-14Pfizer Inc.Use of CRF antagonists and renin-angiotensin system inhibitors
US6395300B1 (en)1999-05-272002-05-28Acusphere, Inc.Porous drug matrices and methods of manufacture thereof
US6395728B2 (en)1999-07-082002-05-28Novartis AgMethod of treatment and pharmaceutical composition
US6399625B1 (en)2000-09-272002-06-04Wyeth1-oxorapamycins
US6399626B1 (en)2000-10-022002-06-04WyethHydroxyesters of 7-desmethylrapamycin
US6414002B1 (en)1999-09-222002-07-02Bristol-Myers Squibb CompanySubstituted acid derivatives useful as antidiabetic and antiobesity agents and method
US6414126B1 (en)1999-10-122002-07-02Bristol-Myers Squibb CompanyC-aryl glucoside SGLT2 inhibitors and method
US6417204B1 (en)2000-07-072002-07-09Medicure International Inc.Pyridoxine AMD pyridoxal analogues: cardiovascular therapeutics
US6420150B1 (en)2000-11-272002-07-16Pe Corporation (Ny)Isolated human drug-metabolizing proteins, nucleic acid molecules encoding human drug-metabolizing proteins, and uses thereof
US6420426B1 (en)1999-06-252002-07-16The Institute For Pharmaceutical Discovery LlcSubstituted phenoxyacetic acids
US6433018B1 (en)2001-08-312002-08-13The Research Foundation Of State University Of New YorkMethod for reducing hypertrophy and ischemia
US6432989B1 (en)1999-08-272002-08-13Pfizer IncUse of CRF antagonists to treat circadian rhythm disorders
US6436684B1 (en)2000-03-272002-08-20Applera CorporationIsolated human drug-metabolizing proteins, nucleic acid molecules encoding human drug-metabolizing proteins, and uses thereof
US6440982B1 (en)1999-10-112002-08-27Pfizer Inc.Pharmaceutically active compounds
US6440991B1 (en)2000-10-022002-08-27WyethEthers of 7-desmethlrapamycin
US6455500B1 (en)1998-03-102002-09-24University Of Southern CaliforniaRadiation therapy methods
US6465463B1 (en)1999-09-082002-10-15Nitromed, Inc.Methods of treating and preventing congestive heart failure with hydralazine compounds and isosorbide dinitrate or isosorbide mononitrate
US6465502B1 (en)1998-12-232002-10-15Novartis AgAdditional therapeutic use
US6469024B2 (en)2000-05-112002-10-22Bristol-Myers Squibb CompanyTetrahydroisoquinoline analogs useful as growth hormone secretagogues
US6475988B1 (en)1998-05-112002-11-05University Of Southern CaliforniaMethods to increase white blood cell survival after chemotherapy
US6486299B1 (en)1998-09-282002-11-26Curagen CorporationGenes and proteins predictive and therapeutic for stroke, hypertension, diabetes and obesity
US6486188B1 (en)1999-07-062002-11-26Astrazeneca AbMethod of treatment for cardiovascular complications
US6489307B1 (en)1998-09-142002-12-03University Of FloridaAntisense compositions targeted to β1-adrenoceptor-specific mRNA and methods of use
US6491949B2 (en)2000-01-142002-12-10Osmotica Corp.Osmotic device within an osmotic device
US6495338B1 (en)1998-09-042002-12-17University Of Utah Research FoundationDrug screening and diagnosis based on paracrine tubular renin-angiotensin system
US6499984B1 (en)2000-05-222002-12-31Warner-Lambert CompanyContinuous production of pharmaceutical granulation
US6503908B1 (en)1999-10-112003-01-07Pfizer IncPharmaceutically active compounds
US6506785B2 (en)1998-05-222003-01-14Pfizer, Inc.Treating or preventing the early stages of degeneration of articular cartilage or subchondral bone in mammals using carprofen and derivatives
US6509317B1 (en)1999-01-222003-01-21Board Of Regents, The University Of Texas SystemMethod of treating chronic cardiac disease
US6511973B2 (en)2000-08-022003-01-28Bristol-Myers Squibb Co.Lactam inhibitors of FXa and method
US6515117B2 (en)1999-10-122003-02-04Bristol-Myers Squibb CompanyC-aryl glucoside SGLT2 inhibitors and method
US6521659B2 (en)2000-03-022003-02-18Institute For Pharmaceutical Discovery, LlcCompositions containing a substituted indolealkanoic acid and an angiotensin converting enzyme inhibitor
US6521747B2 (en)2000-08-282003-02-18Genaissance Pharmaceuticals, Inc.Haplotypes of the AGTR1 gene
US6525067B1 (en)1999-11-232003-02-25Pfizer IncSubstituted heterocyclic derivatives
US6531297B2 (en)2000-10-202003-03-11Applera CorporationIsolated human drug-metabolizing proteins, nucleic acid molecules encoding human drug-metabolizing proteins, and uses thereof
US6531482B1 (en)1992-09-092003-03-11Vanderbilt UniversityMethod and compositions for maintaining glomerular filtration rate while inhibiting extracellular matrix accumulation
US6537992B2 (en)2001-01-052003-03-25John D. ParkerRegulation of organic nitrate tolerance
US6538144B2 (en)2001-03-142003-03-25Aventis Pharma Deutschland GmbhP-thienylbenzylamides as agonists of angiotensin-(1-7) receptors, and methods of their preparation and use
US6541479B1 (en)1997-12-022003-04-01Massachusetts College Of PharmacyCalcium channel blockers
US6545009B1 (en)1998-07-012003-04-08Takeda Chemical Industries, Ltd.Retinoid-related receptor function regulating agent
US6544981B2 (en)2000-06-092003-04-08Bristol-Myers Squibb CompanyLactam inhibitors of factor Xa and method
US6544968B2 (en)1999-01-262003-04-08Novartis AgUse of angiotensin II receptor antagonists for treating acute myocardial infarction
US6548529B1 (en)1999-04-052003-04-15Bristol-Myers Squibb CompanyHeterocyclic containing biphenyl aP2 inhibitors and method
US6548519B1 (en)2001-07-062003-04-15Medicure International Inc.Pyridoxine and pyridoxal analogues: novel uses
US6555568B1 (en)1998-12-012003-04-29Institute For Pharmaceutical Discovery, L.L.C.Methods of reducing serum glucose and triglyceride levels and for inhibiting angiogenesis using substituted indolealkanoic acids
US6555542B1 (en)2001-01-302003-04-29Bristol-Myers Squibb CompanySulfonamide lactam inhibitors of FXa and method
US6562363B1 (en)1997-09-262003-05-13Noven Pharmaceuticals, Inc.Bioadhesive compositions and methods for topical administration of active agents
US6562849B1 (en)1999-04-072003-05-13Sankyo Company, LimitedAmine derivative compounds
US6570013B2 (en)2000-02-162003-05-27Pfizer IncSalts of zopolrestat
US6569461B1 (en)1999-03-082003-05-27Merck & Co., Inc.Dihydroxy open-acid and salts of HMG-CoA reductase inhibitors
US6573288B1 (en)1998-05-062003-06-03Aventis Pharma Deutschland GmbhSubstituted sulphonyl cyanamides, method for producing same and their use as medicament
US6576256B2 (en)2001-08-282003-06-10The Brigham And Women's Hospital, Inc.Treatment of patients at elevated cardiovascular risk with a combination of a cholesterol-lowering agent, an inhibitor of the renin-angiotensin system, and aspirin
US6576644B2 (en)2000-09-062003-06-10Bristol-Myers Squibb Co.Quinoline inhibitors of cGMP phosphodiesterase
US6576636B2 (en)1996-05-222003-06-10Protarga, Inc.Method of treating a liver disorder with fatty acid-antiviral agent conjugates
US6576652B2 (en)1997-09-302003-06-10Merck Sharp & Dohme (Italia) S.P.A.Use of an angiotensin II receptor antagonist for the preparation of drugs to increase the survival rate of renal transplant patients
US6579879B2 (en)2001-03-302003-06-17Pfizer IncPyridazinone aldose reductase inhibitors
US6582724B2 (en)1999-12-162003-06-24Dermatrends, Inc.Dual enhancer composition for topical and transdermal drug delivery
US6586000B2 (en)1999-12-162003-07-01Dermatrends, Inc.Hydroxide-releasing agents as skin permeation enhancers
US6586023B1 (en)1998-12-152003-07-01Wm. Wrigley Jr. CompanyProcess for controlling release of active agents from a chewing gum coating and product thereof
US6589938B2 (en)2001-06-292003-07-08National University Of SingaporeUse of angiotensin I derivatives as an agent for the treatment and prevention of infarction-related cardiac injuries and disorders
US6589547B1 (en)1998-03-042003-07-08Takeda Chemical Industries, Ltd.Sustained-release preparation for AII antagonist, production and use thereof
US6589556B2 (en)2000-07-052003-07-08Capricorn Pharma, Inc.Rapid-melt semi-solid compositions, methods of making same and methods of using same
US6592865B2 (en)2001-06-042003-07-15Human Genome Sciences, Inc.Methods and compositions for modulating ACE-2 activity
US6596744B2 (en)2000-12-292003-07-22Alteon, Inc.Method for treating fibrotic diseases or other indications IIC
US6595926B1 (en)2000-09-072003-07-22John H. LaraghMethod for evaluating and treating hypertension
US6596745B2 (en)2001-05-302003-07-22Alteon, Inc.Method for treating fibrotic diseases with azolium chroman compounds
US6596751B2 (en)1999-04-062003-07-22Sankyo Company Limitedα-substituted carboxylic acid derivatives
US6596747B2 (en)1998-10-292003-07-22Bristol-Myers Squibb CompanyCompounds derived from an amine nucleus and pharmaceutical compositions comprising same
US6603008B1 (en)1999-12-032003-08-05Pfizer Inc.Sulfamoylheleroaryl pyrazole compounds as anti-inflammatory/analgesic agents
US6605612B2 (en)2000-02-292003-08-12Medicure International Inc.Cardioprotective phosohonates and malonates
US6605629B1 (en)1999-08-252003-08-12Takeda Chemical Industries, Ltd.Neurotrophin production secretion promoting agent
WO2003066606A1 (en)2002-02-042003-08-14Novartis AgSalts of valsartan
US6610682B2 (en)1996-07-152003-08-26Sankyo Company, LimitedPharmaceutical compositions and methods for the treatment of arteriosclerosis
US6620821B2 (en)2000-06-152003-09-16Bristol-Myers Squibb CompanyHMG-CoA reductase inhibitors and method
US6624138B1 (en)2001-09-272003-09-23Gp MedicalDrug-loaded biological material chemically treated with genipin
US6627636B2 (en)2000-06-152003-09-30Bristol-Myers Squibb CompanyHMG-CoA reductase inhibitors and method
US6627234B1 (en)1998-12-152003-09-30Wm. Wrigley Jr. CompanyMethod of producing active agent coated chewing gum products
US6632180B1 (en)2000-09-072003-10-14John H. LaraghMethod for evaluating and treating hypertension
US6635273B1 (en)1999-10-292003-10-21Trustees Of Boston UniversityMethods of treating vascular diseases characterized by nitric oxide insufficiency
US6635648B2 (en)2000-08-182003-10-21Queen's University At KingstonCombination therapy using sympathetic nervous system antagonists and endothelin antagonists
US6635274B1 (en)2000-10-272003-10-21Biochemics, Inc.Solution-based transdermal drug delivery system
US6638528B1 (en)2000-01-202003-10-28Noven Pharmaceuticals, Inc.Compositions and methods to effect the release profile in the transdermal administration of active agents
WO2003089417A1 (en)2002-04-152003-10-30Dr. Reddy's Laboratories LimitedNovel crystalline forms of (s)-n-(1-carboxy-2-methyl-prop-1-yl) -n-pentanoyl-n- [2’-(1h-tetrazol-5-yl-)- biphenyl-4-yl methyl] amine (valsartan)
US6641811B1 (en)2000-02-102003-11-04Cornell Research Foundation, Inc.Use of angiotensin II inhibitors to prevent malignancies associated with immunosuppression
US6642244B2 (en)2001-03-162003-11-04Bristol-Myers Squibb Co.Pyrazolopyridopyrimidine inhibitors of cGMP phosphodiesterase
US6642252B2 (en)2000-11-072003-11-04Bristol-Myers Squibb CompanyAcid derivatives useful as serine protease inhibitors
US6645974B2 (en)2001-07-312003-11-11Merck & Co., Inc.Androgen receptor modulators and methods for use thereof
US6649622B2 (en)2000-01-282003-11-18Bristol-Myers Squibb CompanyTetrahydropyrimidone inhibitors of fatty acid binding protein and method
US6649636B1 (en)1999-12-032003-11-18Pfizer Inc.Heteroaryl phenyl pyrazole compounds as anti-inflammatory/analgesic agents
US6649606B1 (en)2001-11-092003-11-18Bristol-Myers Squibb Co.Tetrahydroisoquinoline analogs as modulators of chemokine receptor activity
US6653306B1 (en)1995-06-072003-11-25G.D. Searle & Co.Epoxy-steroidal aldosterone antagonist and angiotensin II antagonist combination therapy
US6656966B2 (en)2000-06-222003-12-02Nitromed, Inc.Nitrosated and nitrosylated taxanes, compositions and methods of use
US6660756B2 (en)2001-03-282003-12-09Pfizer Inc.N-phenpropylcyclopentyl-substituted glutaramide derivatives as inhibitors of neutral endopeptidase
US6664230B1 (en)2000-08-242003-12-16The Regents Of The University Of CaliforniaOrally administered peptides to ameliorate atherosclerosis
US6670355B2 (en)2000-06-162003-12-30WyethMethod of treating cardiovascular disease
US6670386B2 (en)2001-07-312003-12-30Bristol-Myers Squibb CompanyBicyclic modulators of androgen receptor function
US6669955B2 (en)2001-08-282003-12-30Longwood Pharmaceutical Research, Inc.Combination dosage form containing individual dosage units of a cholesterol-lowering agent, an inhibitor of the renin-angiotensin system, and aspirin
US6670380B2 (en)2000-11-202003-12-30Bristol-Myers Squibb Co.Pyridone inhibitors of fatty acid binding protein and method
US6673778B1 (en)1996-02-232004-01-06The Board Of Regents Of The University Of NebraskaEnzyme inhibitors for metabolic redirection
US6673802B2 (en)2000-12-012004-01-06Osi Pharmaceuticals, Inc.Compounds specific to adenosine A3 receptor and uses thereof
US6673815B2 (en)2001-11-062004-01-06Bristol-Myers Squibb CompanySubstituted acid derivatives useful as antidiabetic and antiobesity agents and method
US6677356B1 (en)1999-08-242004-01-13Medicure International Inc.Treatment of cardiovascular and related pathologies
US6677363B1 (en)1999-04-142004-01-13Takeda Chemical Industries, Ltd.Agent for improving ketosis
US6677335B1 (en)1999-10-112004-01-13Pfizer IncPharmaceutically active compounds
US6680203B2 (en)2000-07-102004-01-20Esperion Therapeutics, Inc.Fourier transform mass spectrometry of complex biological samples
US6683080B2 (en)2001-02-022004-01-27Pfizer Inc.Treatment of diabetes mellitus
US6706011B1 (en)1996-12-272004-03-16Douglas Murphy-ChutorianLaser assisted drug delivery
US6706732B1 (en)1999-06-032004-03-16Takeda Chemical Industries, Ltd.Nasal preparation of guanidinoimino quinoline derivatives
US6706723B2 (en)2000-10-262004-03-16Pfizer, Inc.Pyrimidine-2,4,6-trione metalloproteinase inhibitors
US6706720B2 (en)1999-12-062004-03-16Bristol-Myers Squibb CompanyHeterocyclic dihydropyrimidine compounds
US6710086B1 (en)2000-02-252004-03-23Medinox, Inc.Protected forms of pharmacologically active agents and uses therefor
US6710183B2 (en)2000-04-212004-03-23Richter Gedeon Vegyeszeti Gyar Rt.Process for the synthesis of a known tetrazol derivative
US6713467B2 (en)2000-11-072004-03-30Bristol-Myers Squibb CompanyAcid derivatives useful as serine protease inhibitors
US6713487B2 (en)2001-03-022004-03-30Bristol-Myers Squibb Co.Compounds useful as modulators of melanocortin receptors and pharmaceutical compositions comprising same
US6720001B2 (en)1999-10-182004-04-13Lipocine, Inc.Emulsion compositions for polyfunctional active ingredients
US6719997B2 (en)2000-06-302004-04-13Dermatrends, Inc.Transdermal administration of pharmacologically active amines using hydroxide-releasing agents as permeation enhancers
US6723340B2 (en)2001-10-252004-04-20Depomed, Inc.Optimal polymer mixtures for gastric retentive tablets
US6726920B1 (en)2000-09-222004-04-27Durect CorporationImplantable drug delivery patch
US6730689B2 (en)2001-12-042004-05-04Bristol-Myers Squibb CompanyN-[4-(1H-imidazol-1-yl)-2-fluorophenyl]-3-(trifluoromethyl)-1H-pyrazole-5-carboxamides as factor Xa inhibitors
US6730674B2 (en)2001-02-282004-05-04Pfizer IncSulfonyl pyridazinone compounds useful as aldose reductase inhibitors
US6730697B2 (en)2002-02-072004-05-04Aventis Pharma Deutschland GmbhDihydrothiaphenanthrenecarbonylguanidines: composition, process of making, and use as medicament or diagnostic aid
US6730016B1 (en)2000-06-122004-05-04Acorn Cardiovascular, Inc.Cardiac disease treatment and device
US6747048B2 (en)2002-05-082004-06-08Bristol-Myers Squibb CompanyPyridine-based thyroid receptor ligands
US6753011B2 (en)2000-01-142004-06-22Osmotica CorpCombined diffusion/osmotic pumping drug delivery system
US6756373B1 (en)1999-10-112004-06-29Pfizer Inc.Pharmaceutically active compounds
US6758099B2 (en)2000-07-142004-07-06Transform Pharmaceuticals, Inc.System and method for optimizing tissue barrier transfer of compounds
US6759431B2 (en)1996-05-242004-07-06Angiotech Pharmaceuticals, Inc.Compositions and methods for treating or preventing diseases of body passageways
US6761895B2 (en)2000-04-172004-07-13Yamanouchi Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd.Drug delivery system for averting pharmacokinetic drug interaction and method thereof
US6761903B2 (en)1999-06-302004-07-13Lipocine, Inc.Clear oil-containing pharmaceutical compositions containing a therapeutic agent
US6762167B1 (en)1998-05-112004-07-13University Of Southern CaliforniaMethods for treating a patient undergoing chemotherapy
US6770645B2 (en)2001-03-162004-08-03Pfizer Inc.Pharmaceutically active compounds
US6774112B2 (en)2001-04-112004-08-10Bristol-Myers Squibb CompanyAmino acid complexes of C-aryl glucosides for treatment of diabetes and method
US6773716B2 (en)1999-04-062004-08-10Wm. Wrigley Jr. CompanyOver-coated chewing gum formulations
US6777443B2 (en)2001-05-152004-08-17Novartis AgDipeptide derivatives
US6777435B1 (en)1999-10-292004-08-17Takeda Chemical Industries, Ltd.Crystals of an oxyiminoalkanoic acid derivative and their use as antidiabetics
US6784185B2 (en)2001-03-162004-08-31Pfizer Inc.Pharmaceutically active compounds
US6794387B2 (en)2001-03-282004-09-21Pfizer Inc.Pharmaceutically active compounds
WO2004083192A1 (en)2003-03-172004-09-30Teva Pharmaceutical Industries Ltd.Polymorphis of valsartan
US6800668B1 (en)2001-01-192004-10-05Intellipharmaceutics Corp.Syntactic deformable foam compositions and methods for making
WO2004087681A1 (en)2003-03-312004-10-14Hetero Drugs LimitedA novel amorphous form of valsartan
WO2009148990A1 (en)*2008-06-032009-12-10Novartis AgPulsatile release of valsartan
US7911813B2 (en)2008-07-212011-03-22System General Corp.Offline synchronous rectifying circuit with sense transistor for resonant switching power converter
WO2011144724A1 (en)*2010-05-212011-11-24Laboratorios Liconsa, S.A.A pharmaceutical controlled release composition of losartan

Patent Citations (383)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication numberPriority datePublication dateAssigneeTitle
US2985589A (en)1957-05-221961-05-23Universal Oil Prod CoContinuous sorption process employing fixed bed of sorbent and moving inlets and outlets
US3760984A (en)1971-09-291973-09-25Alza CorpOsmotically powered agent dispensing device with filling means
US3845770A (en)1972-06-051974-11-05Alza CorpOsmatic dispensing device for releasing beneficial agent
US3916899A (en)1973-04-251975-11-04Alza CorpOsmotic dispensing device with maximum and minimum sizes for the passageway
US4036227A (en)1973-04-251977-07-19Alza CorporationOsmotic releasing device having a plurality of release rate patterns
US3987790A (en)1975-10-011976-10-26Alza CorporationOsmotically driven fluid dispenser
US4008719A (en)1976-02-021977-02-22Alza CorporationOsmotic system having laminar arrangement for programming delivery of active agent
US4681583A (en)1982-12-201987-07-21Alza CorporationSystem for dispersing drug in biological environment
US4578075A (en)1982-12-201986-03-25Alza CorporationDelivery system housing a plurality of delivery devices
US4773907A (en)1982-12-201988-09-27Alza CorporationPrimary delivery system comprising secondary dosage form
US4673405A (en)1983-03-041987-06-16Alza CorporationOsmotic system with instant drug availability
US4576604A (en)1983-03-041986-03-18Alza CorporationOsmotic system with instant drug availability
US4693895A (en)1984-10-261987-09-15Alza CorporationColon delivery system
US4705515A (en)1984-10-261987-11-10Alza CorporationDosage form for administering drug of the colon
US4642903A (en)1985-03-261987-02-17R. P. Scherer CorporationFreeze-dried foam dosage form
US5138069A (en)1986-07-111992-08-11E. I. Du Pont De Nemours And CompanyAngiotensin II receptor blocking imidazoles
US5153197A (en)1986-07-111992-10-06E. I. Du Pont De Nemours And CompanyTreatment of hypertension with angiotensin II blocking imidazoles
US4855326A (en)1987-04-201989-08-08Fuisz Pharmaceutical Ltd.Rapidly dissoluble medicinal dosage unit and method of manufacture
US5210079A (en)1988-01-071993-05-11E. I. Du Pont De Nemours And CompanyTreatment of chronic renal failure with imidazole angiotensin-II receptor antagonists
US5178878A (en)1989-10-021993-01-12Cima Labs, Inc.Effervescent dosage form with microparticles
US5229133A (en)1990-01-241993-07-20Alza CorporationDelivery system comprising means for controlling internal pressure
US5399578A (en)1990-02-191995-03-21Ciba-Geigy CorpAcyl compounds
US5436259A (en)1991-05-101995-07-25Merck & Co., Inc.Substituted 1,2,4-triazolin-3-one compounds bearing acidic functional groups as balanced angiotensin II antagonists
US5464632A (en)1991-07-221995-11-07Laboratoires PrographarmRapidly disintegratable multiparticular tablet
US5464632C1 (en)1991-07-222001-02-20Prographarm LabRapidly disintegratable multiparticular tablet
US5130439A (en)1991-11-181992-07-14Lo Young STetrazolylphenylboronic acid intermediates for the synthesis of AII receptor antagonists
WO1993010106A1 (en)1991-11-181993-05-27E.I. Du Pont De Nemours And CompanyTetrazolylphenylboronic acid intermediates for the synthesis of aii receptor antagonists
US5206374A (en)1991-11-181993-04-27E. I. Du Pont De Nemours And CompanyProcess for preparing tetrazolylphenylboronic acid intermediates
US5972990A (en)1992-04-101999-10-26Brigham And Women's Hospital, Inc.Methods for reducing risk of repeat myocardial infarction and increasing survival in heart attack victims
US5952305A (en)1992-04-101999-09-14Brigham And Women's Hospital, Inc.Methods for reducing risk of repeat myocardial infarction and increasing survival in heart attack victims
US5350757A (en)1992-05-191994-09-27Warner-Lambert CompanySubstituted 1,2,3,4-tetrahydroisoquinolines with angiotensin II receptor antagonist properties
US5246943A (en)1992-05-191993-09-21Warner-Lambert CompanySubstituted 1,2,3,4-tetahydroisoquinolines with angiotensin II receptor antagonist properties
US5489686A (en)1992-05-191996-02-06Warner-Lambert CompanySubstituted 1,2,3,4-tetrahydroisoquinolines with angiotensin II receptor antagonist properties
US5525614A (en)1992-05-191996-06-11Warner-Lambert CompanySubstituted 1,2,3,4-tetrahydroisoquinolines with angiotensin II receptor antagonist properties
US5266583A (en)1992-09-011993-11-30Merck & Co., Inc.Angitotensin II antagonist
US5264447A (en)1992-09-011993-11-23Merck & Co., Inc.Angiotensin II antagonist
US6531482B1 (en)1992-09-092003-03-11Vanderbilt UniversityMethod and compositions for maintaining glomerular filtration rate while inhibiting extracellular matrix accumulation
US5736561A (en)1993-02-251998-04-07Takeda Chemical Industries, Ltd.Vascular hypertrophy suppressor
US5453436A (en)1993-03-051995-09-26Boehringer Mannheim Pharmaceutical CorporationTreatment of athereosclerosis using, carbazolyl-(4)-oxypropanolamine compounds
US5308862A (en)1993-03-051994-05-03Boehringer Mannheim Pharmaceuticals Corporation - Smithkline Beecham Corp., Ltd. Partnership No. 1Use of, and method of treatment using, carbazolyl-(4)-oxypropanolamine compounds for inhibition of smooth muscle cell proliferation
US5643939A (en)1993-03-051997-07-01Boehringer Mannheim Pharmaceutical Corporation-Smithkline Beecham CorporationUse of, and method of treatment using, carbazolyl-(4)-oxypropanolamine compounds for inhibition of smooth muscle cell proliferation
US5668176A (en)1993-03-191997-09-16Merck & Co. Inc.Phenoxyphenylacetic acid derivatives
US5565485A (en)1993-03-191996-10-15Merck & Co., Inc.Biphenyl compounds useful or endothelin antagonists
US5767310A (en)1993-03-191998-06-16Merck & Co., Inc.Phenoxyphenylacetic acid derivatives
US5466692A (en)1993-03-241995-11-14American Home Products CorporationSubstituted pyridopyrimidines and antihypertensives
US5382587A (en)1993-06-301995-01-17Merck & Co., Inc.Spirocycles
US5696116A (en)1993-07-151997-12-09Hoffmann-La Roche Inc.Pharmaceutical composition which contains a renin angiotensin system inhibitor and an endothelin antagonist
US5824696A (en)1993-09-011998-10-20Smithkline Beecham CorporationMedicaments
US5464854A (en)1993-11-111995-11-07Depadova; Anathony S.Method of modifying ovarian hormone-regulated AT1 receptor activity as treatment of incapacitating symptom(s) of P.M.S.
US5608075A (en)1993-12-231997-03-04Merck & Co., Inc.Polymorphs of losartan and the process for the preparation of form II of losartan
US5576014A (en)1994-01-311996-11-19Yamanouchi Pharmaceutical Co., LtdIntrabuccally dissolving compressed moldings and production process thereof
US5849753A (en)1994-02-081998-12-15Korea Research Institute Of Chemical TechnologyPyridyl imidazole derivatives and processes for the preparation thereof
US5889020A (en)1994-02-081999-03-30Ciba Vision CorporationTreatment of normotensive glaucoma with angiotensin II antagonists
US5663186A (en)1994-03-291997-09-02Merck & Co., Inc.Treatment of atherosclerosis with angiotensin II receptor blocking imidazoles
US5663187A (en)1994-03-291997-09-02Merck & Co., Inc.Treatment of atherosclerosis with angiotensin II receptor blocking imidazoles
US5962500A (en)1994-03-311999-10-05Eide; Ivar K.Insulin sensitivity with angiotensin II receptor blocking imidazoles
US5665738A (en)1994-05-211997-09-09Korea Research Institute Of Chemical TechnologyImidazole derivatives and processes for the preparation thereof
US5981470A (en)1994-06-071999-11-09The University Of BirminghamUterine fibroid treatment
US5691348A (en)1994-06-111997-11-25Daewoo Electronics Co., Ltd.Pyridyl imidazole derivatives and processes for the preparation thereof
US5559135A (en)1994-09-141996-09-24Merck & Co., Inc.Endothelin antagonists bearing pyridyl amides
US5538991A (en)1994-09-141996-07-23Merck & Co., Inc.Endothelin antagonists bearing 5-membered heterocyclic amides
US5869476A (en)1994-09-171999-02-09Boryung Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd.Pyrimidinone derivatives
US5629331A (en)1994-10-191997-05-13SanofiProcess for the preparation of a tetrazole derivative in two crystalline forms and novel the crystalline forms thereof
US5738875A (en)1994-10-281998-04-14R.P. Scherer CorporationProcess for preparing solid pharmaceutical dosage forms
US6093748A (en)1995-02-282000-07-25Ahluwalia; Gurpreet S.Inhibition of hair growth
US5900428A (en)1995-05-191999-05-04Astra AktiebolagPharmacological use of AII-receptor antagonists
US5834432A (en)1995-06-061998-11-10The University Of Southern CaliforniaUse of angiotensin II Type 2 receptor agonists in tissue repair
US6444646B1 (en)1995-06-062002-09-03University Of Southern CaliforniaUse of angiotensin II type 2 receptor agonists in tissue repair
US6653306B1 (en)1995-06-072003-11-25G.D. Searle & Co.Epoxy-steroidal aldosterone antagonist and angiotensin II antagonist combination therapy
US5645839A (en)1995-06-071997-07-08Trustees Of Boston UniversityCombined use of angiotensin inhibitors and nitric oxide stimulators to treat fibrosis
US5607697A (en)1995-06-071997-03-04Cima Labs, IncorporatedTaste masking microparticles for oral dosage forms
US6139847A (en)1995-06-072000-10-31Trustees Of Boston UniversityCombined use of angiotensin inhibitors and nitric oxide stimulators to treat fibrosis
US6218414B1 (en)1995-06-142001-04-17SanofiUse of an angiotensin II antagonist and a benzofuran derivative in the treatment of cardiovascular complaints
US6096772A (en)1995-06-192000-08-01Astra AktiebolagUse of Angiotensin II type 1 receptor antagonists in the treatment of dyspeptic symptoms
US5550127A (en)1995-09-071996-08-27Pantano; James A.Method of treatment for eiph in racing stock
US5658936A (en)1995-09-181997-08-19Brigham & Women's Hospital, Inc.Enhancement of erectile function with renin-angiotensin system inhibitors
US6251436B1 (en)1995-09-292001-06-26L.A.M. Pharmaceutical CorporationDrug preparations for treating sexual dysfunction
US6071931A (en)1995-10-062000-06-06Novartis AgAT1 -receptor antagonists for preventing and treating postischemic renal failure and for protecting ischemic kidneys
US6284277B1 (en)1995-11-032001-09-04Sanofi-SynthelaboStable freeze-dried pharmaceutical formulation
US5756507A (en)1995-12-141998-05-26Merck & Co., Inc.Antagonists of gonadotropin releasing hormone
US6200957B1 (en)1995-12-142001-03-13Merck & Co., Inc.Antagonists of gonadotropin releasing hormone
US5780437A (en)1995-12-141998-07-14Merck & Co., Inc.Antagonists of gonadotropin releasing hormone
US5849764A (en)1995-12-141998-12-15Merck & Co., Inc.Antagonists of gonadotropin releasing hormone
US6197975B1 (en)1995-12-142001-03-06Merck & Co. , Inc.Antagonists of gonadotropin releasing hormone
US6686338B1 (en)1996-02-232004-02-03The Board Of Regents Of The University Of NebraskaEnzyme inhibitors for metabolic redirection
US6673778B1 (en)1996-02-232004-01-06The Board Of Regents Of The University Of NebraskaEnzyme inhibitors for metabolic redirection
US6174910B1 (en)1996-02-292001-01-16Novartis AgAT1 receptor antagonist for the stimulation of apoptosis
US6498179B1 (en)1996-03-042002-12-24Takeda Chemical Industries, Ltd.Oxazole derivatives, their production and use
US6586391B1 (en)1996-03-132003-07-01Queen's University At KingstonMethod of ameliorating erectile dysfunction
US5688499A (en)1996-03-131997-11-18Queen's University At KingstonAntagonism of endothelin actions
US6410007B1 (en)1996-03-132002-06-25Queen's University At KingstonAntagonism of endothelin actions
US5985915A (en)1996-03-181999-11-16SanofiUse of antiarrhythmic compounds in the prevention of post-infarction mortality
US6177452B1 (en)1996-04-032001-01-23Takeda Chemical Industries, Ltd.Oxazole derivatives, their production and use
US6235731B1 (en)1996-04-242001-05-22Takeda Chemical Industries, Ltd.Fused imidazopyridine derivatives as antihyperlipidemic agents
US5891465A (en)1996-05-141999-04-06Biozone Laboratories, Inc.Delivery of biologically active material in a liposomal formulation for administration into the mouth
US6162813A (en)1996-05-202000-12-19Merck & Co., Inc.Antagonists of gonadotropin releasing hormone
US6150522A (en)1996-05-202000-11-21Merck & Co., Inc.Antagonists of gonadotropin releasing hormone
US6150352A (en)1996-05-202000-11-21Merck & Co., Inc.Antagonists of gonadotropin releasing hormone
US6147088A (en)1996-05-202000-11-14Merck & Co., Inc.Antagonists of gonadotropin releasing hormone
US6602902B2 (en)1996-05-222003-08-05Protarga, Inc.Dha-pharmaceutical agent conjugates to improve tissue selectivity
US6576636B2 (en)1996-05-222003-06-10Protarga, Inc.Method of treating a liver disorder with fatty acid-antiviral agent conjugates
US5795909A (en)1996-05-221998-08-18Neuromedica, Inc.DHA-pharmaceutical agent conjugates of taxanes
US6759431B2 (en)1996-05-242004-07-06Angiotech Pharmaceuticals, Inc.Compositions and methods for treating or preventing diseases of body passageways
US5693812A (en)1996-06-031997-12-02Merck & Co. Inc.Polymorphic forms of an angiotensin II antagonist
US6677374B2 (en)1996-06-042004-01-13Queen's University At KingstonNitrate esters and methods of making same
US6365579B2 (en)1996-06-042002-04-02Queen's University At KingstonNitrate esters and their use for neurological conditions
US5883122A (en)1996-06-041999-03-16Queen's University At KingstonNitrate esters and their use for neurological conditions
US6310052B1 (en)1996-06-042001-10-30Queen's University At KingstonNitrate esters and their use for neurological conditions
US6139860A (en)1996-06-112000-10-31Queen Mary & Westfield CollegeMethod of stimulating cilia
US6087386A (en)1996-06-242000-07-11Merck & Co., Inc.Composition of enalapril and losartan
US6491903B1 (en)1996-06-272002-12-10Washington UniversityParticles comprising amphiphilic copolymers
US6485745B1 (en)1996-06-272002-11-26Novartis AgSolid oral dosage forms of valsartan
US6383500B1 (en)1996-06-272002-05-07Washington UniversityParticles comprising amphiphilic copolymers, having a crosslinked shell domain and an interior core domain, useful for pharmaceutical and other applications
US6294197B1 (en)1996-06-272001-09-25Novartis AgSolid oral dosage forms of valsartan
US6610682B2 (en)1996-07-152003-08-26Sankyo Company, LimitedPharmaceutical compositions and methods for the treatment of arteriosclerosis
US5990092A (en)1996-09-061999-11-23St. Elizabeth's Medical CenterGATA-6 transcription factor: compositions and methods
US6403571B2 (en)1996-09-182002-06-11Merck & Co., Inc.Combination therapy for reducing the risks associated with cardiovascular disease
US6251852B1 (en)1996-09-182001-06-26Merck & Co., Inc.Combination therapy for reducing the risks associated with cardiovascular disease
US6235706B1 (en)1996-09-182001-05-22Merck & Co., Inc.Combination therapy for reducing the risks associated with cardiovascular disease
US6417213B2 (en)1996-09-252002-07-09Takeda Chemical Industries, Ltd.Tricyclic compound, their production and use
US6248766B1 (en)1996-09-252001-06-19Takeda Chemical Industries, Ltd.Tricyclic compounds, their production and use
US6264914B1 (en)1996-10-282001-07-24Nycomed Imaging AsContrast agents
US6524552B2 (en)1996-10-282003-02-25Jo KlavenessContrast agents
US5859258A (en)1996-10-291999-01-12Merck & Company, Inc.Process for the crystalization of losartan
US6127370A (en)1996-11-062000-10-03Bristol-Myers Squibb CompanyMethod for treating alzheimer's disease
US6008221A (en)1996-11-061999-12-28Bristol-Myers Squibb CompanyMethod for treating Alzheimer's disease with folic acid
US5795904A (en)1996-12-061998-08-18Merck & Co., Inc.Enhanced functional recovery of the heart by losartan treatment after an ischemic attach
US6110895A (en)1996-12-162000-08-29University Of Southern CaliforniaMethod of promoting healing in skin grafts
US5925012A (en)1996-12-271999-07-20Eclipse Surgical Technologies, Inc.Laser assisted drug delivery
US6706011B1 (en)1996-12-272004-03-16Douglas Murphy-ChutorianLaser assisted drug delivery
US6201002B1 (en)1997-01-102001-03-13Merck & Co., Inc.Method for reducing mortality with an angiotensin II antagonist
US6486189B2 (en)1997-01-222002-11-26Hoechst AktiengesellschaftFive-membered heterocycles having biphenylsulfonyl substitution, process for their preparation, their use as a medicament or diagnostic, and medicament comprising them
US6335451B1 (en)1997-01-222002-01-01Hoechst AktiengesellschaftFive-membered heterocycles having biphenylsulfonyl substitution, with sulfonylcyanamide side chain, compositions containing them, and methods of using them
US6335195B1 (en)1997-01-282002-01-01Maret CorporationMethod for promoting hematopoietic and mesenchymal cell proliferation and differentiation
US6258032B1 (en)1997-01-292001-07-10William M. HammesfahrMethod of diagnosis and treatment and related compositions and apparatus
US5858990A (en)1997-03-041999-01-12St. Elizabeth's Medical CenterFas ligand compositions for treatment of proliferative disorders
US6191156B1 (en)1997-04-112001-02-20The Brigham And Women's Hospital, Inc.Compositions and methods for treating bladder dysfunction
US5958884A (en)1997-04-111999-09-28The Brigham And Women's Hospital, Inc.Compositions and methods for treating erectile dysfunction
US6299904B1 (en)1997-05-272001-10-09Takeda Chemical Industries, Ltd.Solid pharmaceutical preparation
US6586004B2 (en)1997-05-272003-07-01Takeda Chemical Industries, Ltd.Solid preparation
US6770624B2 (en)1997-06-042004-08-03The Regents Of The University Of CaliforniaTreatment of heart failure with growth hormone
US6407135B1 (en)1997-06-042002-06-18Medinox, Inc.Conjugates of dithiocarbamates with pharmacologically active agents and uses therefor
US5916910A (en)1997-06-041999-06-29Medinox, Inc.Conjugates of dithiocarbamates with pharmacologically active agents and uses therefore
US6306826B1 (en)1997-06-042001-10-23The Regents Of The University Of CaliforniaTreatment of heart failure with growth hormone
US6156772A (en)1997-06-052000-12-05Merck & Co., Inc.Antagonists of gonadotropin releasing hormone
US6004984A (en)1997-06-051999-12-21Merck & Co., Inc.Antagonists of gonadotropin releasing hormone
US6156767A (en)1997-06-052000-12-05Merck & Co., Inc.Antagonists of gonadotropin releasing hormone
US6077858A (en)1997-06-052000-06-20Merck & Co., Inc.Antagonists of gonadotropin releasing hormone
US5985901A (en)1997-06-051999-11-16Merck & Co., Inc.Antagonists of gonadotropin releasing hormone
US5981550A (en)1997-06-051999-11-09Merck & Co., Inc.Antagonists of gonadotropin releasing hormone
US6271375B1 (en)1997-06-302001-08-07Zambon Group S.P.A.Ortho-metalation process for the synthesis of 2-substituted-1-(tetrazol-5-yl)benzenes
US6514939B1 (en)1997-08-212003-02-04Curagen CorporationAtrial natriuretic factor mutants and ischemic stroke
US6013630A (en)1997-08-212000-01-11Curagen CorporationAtrial natriuretic factor mutants and ischemic stroke
US6348476B1 (en)1997-08-272002-02-19Aventis Pharma Deutschland GmbhPharmaceutical combination preparation of an inhibitor of the sodium/hydrogen exchanger and a medicament for the treatment of cardiovascular diseases
US6187340B1 (en)1997-09-102001-02-13Takeda Chemical Industries, Ltd.Stabilized pharmaceutical preparation
US5968978A (en)1997-09-221999-10-19Hoechst Marion Roussel DeutschlandBiphenylsulfonylcyanamides, process for their preparation, and their use as medicament
US6179809B1 (en)1997-09-242001-01-30Eclipse Surgical Technologies, Inc.Drug delivery catheter with tip alignment
US6329384B1 (en)1997-09-262001-12-11Abbott LaboratoriesEndothelin antagonist and renin-angiotensin system inhibitor as a combined preparation
US6562363B1 (en)1997-09-262003-05-13Noven Pharmaceuticals, Inc.Bioadhesive compositions and methods for topical administration of active agents
US6576652B2 (en)1997-09-302003-06-10Merck Sharp & Dohme (Italia) S.P.A.Use of an angiotensin II receptor antagonist for the preparation of drugs to increase the survival rate of renal transplant patients
US6046224A (en)1997-10-152000-04-04City Of Hope12 (S)--hete receptor blockers
US6211224B1 (en)1997-10-282001-04-03Merck & Co., Inc.Antagonists of gonadotropin releasing hormone
US6159989A (en)1997-10-282000-12-12Merck & Co., Inc.Antagonists of gonadotropin releasing hormone
US6017944A (en)1997-10-282000-01-25Merck & Co., Inc.Antagonists of gonadotropin releasing hormone
US6248587B1 (en)1997-11-262001-06-19University Of Southern CailforniaMethod for promoting mesenchymal stem and lineage-specific cell proliferation
US6541479B1 (en)1997-12-022003-04-01Massachusetts College Of PharmacyCalcium channel blockers
US5977377A (en)1997-12-101999-11-02The Nippon Synthetic Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.Process for producing N-alkylimidazole
US6165978A (en)1997-12-122000-12-26University Of Southern CaliforniaWound healing composition
US6455501B1 (en)1997-12-122002-09-24University Of Southern CaliforniaWound healing compositions
US5985856A (en)1997-12-311999-11-16University Of KansasWater soluble prodrugs of secondary and tertiary amine containing drugs and methods of making thereof
US6340708B1 (en)1998-01-162002-01-22Institut National De La Sante Et De La Recherche Medicale (Inserm)Pharmaceutical composition comprising at least one aminopeptidase A inhibitor
US6369069B1 (en)1998-02-042002-04-09Aventis Pharma Deutschland GmbhBiphenylsulfonyl cyanamides, method for the production thereof and their utilization as a medicament
US6239109B1 (en)1998-02-092001-05-29University Of Southern CaliforniaMethod of promoting erythropoiesis
US6159975A (en)1998-02-112000-12-12Merck & Co., Inc.Antagonists of gonadotropin releasing hormone
US6300356B1 (en)1998-02-252001-10-09Merck & Co., Inc.Method for decreasing QT dispersion or inhibiting the progression of QT dispersion with an angiotensin II receptor antagonist
US6589547B1 (en)1998-03-042003-07-08Takeda Chemical Industries, Ltd.Sustained-release preparation for AII antagonist, production and use thereof
US6455500B1 (en)1998-03-102002-09-24University Of Southern CaliforniaRadiation therapy methods
US5998432A (en)1998-04-021999-12-07Merck & Co., Inc.Antagonists of gonadotropin releasing hormone
US6025366A (en)1998-04-022000-02-15Merck & Co., Inc.Antagonists of gonadotropin releasing hormone
US6228867B1 (en)1998-04-022001-05-08Merck & Co., Inc.Antagonists of gonadotropin releasing hormone
US6110931A (en)1998-04-022000-08-29Merck & Co., Inc.Antagonists of gonadotropin releasing hormone
US6077847A (en)1998-04-022000-06-20Merck & Co., Inc.Antagonists of gonadotropin releasing hormone
US5985892A (en)1998-04-021999-11-16Merck & Co., Ltd.Antagonists of gonadotropin releasing hormone
US6103266A (en)1998-04-222000-08-15Tapolsky; Gilles H.Pharmaceutical gel preparation applicable to mucosal surfaces and body tissues
US6294542B1 (en)1998-04-252001-09-25Boryung Pharmaceutical Co. Ltd.Pyrimidinone compounds, pharmaceutical compositions containing the compounds and the process for preparing the same
US6573288B1 (en)1998-05-062003-06-03Aventis Pharma Deutschland GmbhSubstituted sulphonyl cyanamides, method for producing same and their use as medicament
US6762167B1 (en)1998-05-112004-07-13University Of Southern CaliforniaMethods for treating a patient undergoing chemotherapy
US6495581B1 (en)1998-05-112002-12-17Takeda Chemical Industries, Ltd.Oxyiminoalkanoic acid derivatives
US6475988B1 (en)1998-05-112002-11-05University Of Southern CaliforniaMethods to increase white blood cell survival after chemotherapy
US6251926B1 (en)1998-05-112001-06-26Takeda Chemical Industries, Ltd.Oxyiminoalkanoic acid derivatives with hypoglycemic and hypolipidemic activity
US6309375B1 (en)1998-05-162001-10-30Microheart, Inc.Drug delivery module
US6183444B1 (en)1998-05-162001-02-06Microheart, Inc.Drug delivery module
US6506785B2 (en)1998-05-222003-01-14Pfizer, Inc.Treating or preventing the early stages of degeneration of articular cartilage or subchondral bone in mammals using carprofen and derivatives
US6087368A (en)1998-06-082000-07-11Bristol-Myers Squibb CompanyQuinazolinone inhibitors of cGMP phosphodiesterase
US6248729B1 (en)1998-06-172001-06-19Bristol-Myers Squibb Co.Combination of an ADP-receptor blocking antiplatelet drug and antihypertensive drug and a method for preventing a cerebral infarction employing such combination
WO1999067231A1 (en)1998-06-191999-12-29Nicox S.A.Nitrate salts of antihypertensive medicines
US6645965B1 (en)1998-06-192003-11-11Nicox S.A.Nitrate salts of antihypertensive medicines
US6322532B1 (en)1998-06-242001-11-273M Innovative Properties CompanySonophoresis method and apparatus
US6545009B1 (en)1998-07-012003-04-08Takeda Chemical Industries, Ltd.Retinoid-related receptor function regulating agent
US6204281B1 (en)1998-07-102001-03-20Novartis AgMethod of treatment and pharmaceutical composition
US6372917B1 (en)1998-07-182002-04-16Aventis Pharma Deutschland GmbhBiphenylsulfonyl-substituted imidazole derivatives, their preparation process, their use as a drug or diagnostic agent and drug containing them
US6369236B1 (en)1998-07-182002-04-09Aventis Pharma Deutschland GmbhImidazole derivatives with biphenylsulfonyl substitution method for preparing them and their use as a drug or diagnostic agent
US6787553B2 (en)1998-08-262004-09-07Cellegy Pharmaceuticals, Inc.Methods for remodeling neuronal and cardiovascular pathways
US6458797B1 (en)1998-08-262002-10-01Queen's University Of KingstonMethods for remodeling neuronal and cardiovascular pathways
US6284763B1 (en)1998-08-262001-09-04Queen's University At KingstonMethods for remodeling neuronal and cardiovascular pathways
US6511977B1 (en)1998-09-012003-01-28Bristol-Myers Squibb CompanyPotassium channel inhibitors and method
US6150356A (en)1998-09-012000-11-21Bristol-Myers Squibb CompanyPotassium channel inhibitors and method
US6784189B2 (en)1998-09-012004-08-31Bristol-Myers Squibb CompanyPotassium channel inhibitors and method
US6495338B1 (en)1998-09-042002-12-17University Of Utah Research FoundationDrug screening and diagnosis based on paracrine tubular renin-angiotensin system
US6514536B2 (en)1998-09-082003-02-04L.A.M. Pharmaceutical CorporationDrug preparations for treating sexual dysfunction
US6489307B1 (en)1998-09-142002-12-03University Of FloridaAntisense compositions targeted to β1-adrenoceptor-specific mRNA and methods of use
US6326379B1 (en)1998-09-162001-12-04Bristol-Myers Squibb Co.Fused pyridine inhibitors of cGMP phosphodiesterase
US6486299B1 (en)1998-09-282002-11-26Curagen CorporationGenes and proteins predictive and therapeutic for stroke, hypertension, diabetes and obesity
US6596747B2 (en)1998-10-292003-07-22Bristol-Myers Squibb CompanyCompounds derived from an amine nucleus and pharmaceutical compositions comprising same
US6555568B1 (en)1998-12-012003-04-29Institute For Pharmaceutical Discovery, L.L.C.Methods of reducing serum glucose and triglyceride levels and for inhibiting angiogenesis using substituted indolealkanoic acids
US6627234B1 (en)1998-12-152003-09-30Wm. Wrigley Jr. CompanyMethod of producing active agent coated chewing gum products
US6586023B1 (en)1998-12-152003-07-01Wm. Wrigley Jr. CompanyProcess for controlling release of active agents from a chewing gum coating and product thereof
US6465502B1 (en)1998-12-232002-10-15Novartis AgAdditional therapeutic use
US6509317B1 (en)1999-01-222003-01-21Board Of Regents, The University Of Texas SystemMethod of treating chronic cardiac disease
US6544968B2 (en)1999-01-262003-04-08Novartis AgUse of angiotensin II receptor antagonists for treating acute myocardial infarction
US6767905B2 (en)1999-01-262004-07-27Novartis, AgUse of angiotensin II receptor antagonists for treating acute myocardial infarction
US6344450B1 (en)1999-02-092002-02-05Bristol-Myers Squibb CompanyLactam compounds and their use as inhibitors of serine proteases and method
US6297233B1 (en)1999-02-092001-10-02Bristol-Myers Squibb CompanyLactam inhibitors of FXa and method
US6323236B2 (en)1999-02-242001-11-27University Of CincinnatiUse of sulfamate derivatives for treating impulse control disorders
US6451339B2 (en)1999-02-262002-09-17Lipocine, Inc.Compositions and methods for improved delivery of hydrophobic agents
US6294192B1 (en)1999-02-262001-09-25Lipocine, Inc.Triglyceride-free compositions and methods for improved delivery of hydrophobic therapeutic agents
US6569461B1 (en)1999-03-082003-05-27Merck & Co., Inc.Dihydroxy open-acid and salts of HMG-CoA reductase inhibitors
US6339085B1 (en)1999-03-082002-01-15The University Of ManitobaTherapeutics for cardiovascular and related diseases
US6180642B1 (en)1999-03-102001-01-30Merck & Co., Inc.6-azaindole compounds as antagonists of Gonadotropin releasing hormone
US6172080B1 (en)1999-03-102001-01-09Merck & Co., Inc.6-azaindole compounds as antagonists of gonadotropin releasing hormone
US6288078B1 (en)1999-03-102001-09-11Merck & Co., Inc.6-azaindole compounds as antagonists of gonadotropin releasing hormone
US6211217B1 (en)1999-03-162001-04-03Novartis AgMethod for reducing pericardial fibrosis and adhesion formation
US6316438B1 (en)1999-03-222001-11-13Bristol-Myers Squibb Co.Fused pyridopyridazine inhibitors of cGMP phosphodiesterase
US6140319A (en)1999-03-292000-10-31Bristol-Myers Squibb Co.Vasopeptidase inhibitors to treat angina pectoris
US6548529B1 (en)1999-04-052003-04-15Bristol-Myers Squibb CompanyHeterocyclic containing biphenyl aP2 inhibitors and method
US6383471B1 (en)1999-04-062002-05-07Lipocine, Inc.Compositions and methods for improved delivery of ionizable hydrophobic therapeutic agents
US6596751B2 (en)1999-04-062003-07-22Sankyo Company Limitedα-substituted carboxylic acid derivatives
US6773716B2 (en)1999-04-062004-08-10Wm. Wrigley Jr. CompanyOver-coated chewing gum formulations
US6562849B1 (en)1999-04-072003-05-13Sankyo Company, LimitedAmine derivative compounds
US6677363B1 (en)1999-04-142004-01-13Takeda Chemical Industries, Ltd.Agent for improving ketosis
US6376672B1 (en)1999-04-272002-04-23Hoffmann-La Roche Inc.Naphthalenylmethoxypiperidines as renin inhibitors
US6197959B1 (en)1999-04-272001-03-06Hoffmann-La Roche Inc.Piperidine derivatives
US6673931B2 (en)1999-04-272004-01-06Hoffman-La Roche Inc.Naphthalenyl piperidines as renin inhibitors
US6429222B2 (en)1999-05-052002-08-06Aventis Pharma Gmbh1-(p-thienylbenzyl)imidazoles as agonists of angiotensin (1-7) receptors, processes for their preparation, their use, and pharmaceutical preparations comprising them
US6235766B1 (en)1999-05-052001-05-22Aventis Pharma Deutschland Gmbh1-(p-thienylbenzyl)imidazoles as agonists of angiotensin (1-7) receptors, processes for their preparation, their use, and pharmaceutical preparations comprising them
US6645528B1 (en)1999-05-272003-11-11Acusphere, Inc.Porous drug matrices and methods of manufacture thereof
US6395300B1 (en)1999-05-272002-05-28Acusphere, Inc.Porous drug matrices and methods of manufacture thereof
US6706732B1 (en)1999-06-032004-03-16Takeda Chemical Industries, Ltd.Nasal preparation of guanidinoimino quinoline derivatives
US6387894B1 (en)1999-06-112002-05-14Pfizer Inc.Use of CRF antagonists and renin-angiotensin system inhibitors
US6420426B1 (en)1999-06-252002-07-16The Institute For Pharmaceutical Discovery LlcSubstituted phenoxyacetic acids
US6761903B2 (en)1999-06-302004-07-13Lipocine, Inc.Clear oil-containing pharmaceutical compositions containing a therapeutic agent
US6267985B1 (en)1999-06-302001-07-31Lipocine Inc.Clear oil-containing pharmaceutical compositions
US6486188B1 (en)1999-07-062002-11-26Astrazeneca AbMethod of treatment for cardiovascular complications
US6395728B2 (en)1999-07-082002-05-28Novartis AgMethod of treatment and pharmaceutical composition
US6375956B1 (en)1999-07-222002-04-23Drugtech CorporationStrip pack
US6677356B1 (en)1999-08-242004-01-13Medicure International Inc.Treatment of cardiovascular and related pathologies
US6605629B1 (en)1999-08-252003-08-12Takeda Chemical Industries, Ltd.Neurotrophin production secretion promoting agent
US6432989B1 (en)1999-08-272002-08-13Pfizer IncUse of CRF antagonists to treat circadian rhythm disorders
US6784177B2 (en)1999-09-082004-08-31Nitro Med, Inc.Methods using hydralazine compounds and isosorbide dinitrate or isosorbide mononitrate
US6465463B1 (en)1999-09-082002-10-15Nitromed, Inc.Methods of treating and preventing congestive heart failure with hydralazine compounds and isosorbide dinitrate or isosorbide mononitrate
US6585995B1 (en)1999-09-212003-07-01Hanson Stephen RMethods and compositions for treating platelet-related disorders
US6376242B1 (en)1999-09-212002-04-23Emory UniversityMethods and compositions for treating platelet-related disorders using MPL pathway inhibitory agents
US6727271B2 (en)1999-09-222004-04-27Bristol-Myers Squibb CompanySubstituted acid derivatives useful as antidiabetic and antiobesity agents and method
US6414002B1 (en)1999-09-222002-07-02Bristol-Myers Squibb CompanySubstituted acid derivatives useful as antidiabetic and antiobesity agents and method
US6653314B2 (en)1999-09-222003-11-25Bristol-Myers Squibb CompanySubstituted acid derivatives useful as antidiabetic and antiobesity agents and method
US6756373B1 (en)1999-10-112004-06-29Pfizer Inc.Pharmaceutically active compounds
US6593332B2 (en)1999-10-112003-07-15Pfizer Inc.Pharmaceutically active compounds
US6677335B1 (en)1999-10-112004-01-13Pfizer IncPharmaceutically active compounds
US6503908B1 (en)1999-10-112003-01-07Pfizer IncPharmaceutically active compounds
US6440982B1 (en)1999-10-112002-08-27Pfizer Inc.Pharmaceutically active compounds
US6586439B2 (en)1999-10-112003-07-01Pfizer Inc.Pharmaceutically active compounds
US6414126B1 (en)1999-10-122002-07-02Bristol-Myers Squibb CompanyC-aryl glucoside SGLT2 inhibitors and method
US6274627B1 (en)1999-10-122001-08-14Medinox, Inc.Conjugates of dithiocarbamate disulfides with pharmacologically active agents and uses therefor
US6515117B2 (en)1999-10-122003-02-04Bristol-Myers Squibb CompanyC-aryl glucoside SGLT2 inhibitors and method
US6720001B2 (en)1999-10-182004-04-13Lipocine, Inc.Emulsion compositions for polyfunctional active ingredients
US6323226B1 (en)1999-10-192001-11-27Texas Heart InstituteTreatment of heart disease with cox-2 inhibitors
US6777435B1 (en)1999-10-292004-08-17Takeda Chemical Industries, Ltd.Crystals of an oxyiminoalkanoic acid derivative and their use as antidiabetics
US6635273B1 (en)1999-10-292003-10-21Trustees Of Boston UniversityMethods of treating vascular diseases characterized by nitric oxide insufficiency
US6248363B1 (en)1999-11-232001-06-19Lipocine, Inc.Solid carriers for improved delivery of active ingredients in pharmaceutical compositions
US6525067B1 (en)1999-11-232003-02-25Pfizer IncSubstituted heterocyclic derivatives
US6569463B2 (en)1999-11-232003-05-27Lipocine, Inc.Solid carriers for improved delivery of hydrophobic active ingredients in pharmaceutical compositions
US6603008B1 (en)1999-12-032003-08-05Pfizer Inc.Sulfamoylheleroaryl pyrazole compounds as anti-inflammatory/analgesic agents
US6649636B1 (en)1999-12-032003-11-18Pfizer Inc.Heteroaryl phenyl pyrazole compounds as anti-inflammatory/analgesic agents
US6706720B2 (en)1999-12-062004-03-16Bristol-Myers Squibb CompanyHeterocyclic dihydropyrimidine compounds
US6350880B1 (en)1999-12-062002-02-26Sumika Fine Chemicals Co., Ltd.Crystalline or crystallized acid addition salt of losartan and purification method of losartan
US6582724B2 (en)1999-12-162003-06-24Dermatrends, Inc.Dual enhancer composition for topical and transdermal drug delivery
US6586000B2 (en)1999-12-162003-07-01Dermatrends, Inc.Hydroxide-releasing agents as skin permeation enhancers
US6294561B1 (en)1999-12-232001-09-25Icos CorporationCyclic AMP-specific phosphodiesterase inhibitors
US6455562B1 (en)1999-12-232002-09-24Icos CorporationCyclic AMP-specific phosphodiesterase inhibitors
US6753011B2 (en)2000-01-142004-06-22Osmotica CorpCombined diffusion/osmotic pumping drug delivery system
US6352721B1 (en)2000-01-142002-03-05Osmotica Corp.Combined diffusion/osmotic pumping drug delivery system
US6491949B2 (en)2000-01-142002-12-10Osmotica Corp.Osmotic device within an osmotic device
US6638528B1 (en)2000-01-202003-10-28Noven Pharmaceuticals, Inc.Compositions and methods to effect the release profile in the transdermal administration of active agents
US6649622B2 (en)2000-01-282003-11-18Bristol-Myers Squibb CompanyTetrahydropyrimidone inhibitors of fatty acid binding protein and method
US6641811B1 (en)2000-02-102003-11-04Cornell Research Foundation, Inc.Use of angiotensin II inhibitors to prevent malignancies associated with immunosuppression
US6570013B2 (en)2000-02-162003-05-27Pfizer IncSalts of zopolrestat
US6340772B2 (en)2000-02-222002-01-22Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.Process for preparing (hetero) aromatic substituted benzene derivatives
US6271418B1 (en)2000-02-222001-08-07Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.Process for preparing (hetero) aromatic substituted benzene derivatives
US6710086B1 (en)2000-02-252004-03-23Medinox, Inc.Protected forms of pharmacologically active agents and uses therefor
US6605612B2 (en)2000-02-292003-08-12Medicure International Inc.Cardioprotective phosohonates and malonates
US6780997B2 (en)2000-02-292004-08-24Medicure International Inc.Cardioprotective phosphonates and malonates
US6667315B2 (en)2000-02-292003-12-23Medicure International Inc.Cardioprotective phosphonates and malonates
US6521659B2 (en)2000-03-022003-02-18Institute For Pharmaceutical Discovery, LlcCompositions containing a substituted indolealkanoic acid and an angiotensin converting enzyme inhibitor
US6436684B1 (en)2000-03-272002-08-20Applera CorporationIsolated human drug-metabolizing proteins, nucleic acid molecules encoding human drug-metabolizing proteins, and uses thereof
US6761895B2 (en)2000-04-172004-07-13Yamanouchi Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd.Drug delivery system for averting pharmacokinetic drug interaction and method thereof
US6710183B2 (en)2000-04-212004-03-23Richter Gedeon Vegyeszeti Gyar Rt.Process for the synthesis of a known tetrazol derivative
US6469024B2 (en)2000-05-112002-10-22Bristol-Myers Squibb CompanyTetrahydroisoquinoline analogs useful as growth hormone secretagogues
US6499984B1 (en)2000-05-222002-12-31Warner-Lambert CompanyContinuous production of pharmaceutical granulation
US6544981B2 (en)2000-06-092003-04-08Bristol-Myers Squibb CompanyLactam inhibitors of factor Xa and method
US6730016B1 (en)2000-06-122004-05-04Acorn Cardiovascular, Inc.Cardiac disease treatment and device
US6627636B2 (en)2000-06-152003-09-30Bristol-Myers Squibb CompanyHMG-CoA reductase inhibitors and method
US6620821B2 (en)2000-06-152003-09-16Bristol-Myers Squibb CompanyHMG-CoA reductase inhibitors and method
US6670355B2 (en)2000-06-162003-12-30WyethMethod of treating cardiovascular disease
US6656966B2 (en)2000-06-222003-12-02Nitromed, Inc.Nitrosated and nitrosylated taxanes, compositions and methods of use
US6719997B2 (en)2000-06-302004-04-13Dermatrends, Inc.Transdermal administration of pharmacologically active amines using hydroxide-releasing agents as permeation enhancers
US6589556B2 (en)2000-07-052003-07-08Capricorn Pharma, Inc.Rapid-melt semi-solid compositions, methods of making same and methods of using same
US6417204B1 (en)2000-07-072002-07-09Medicure International Inc.Pyridoxine AMD pyridoxal analogues: cardiovascular therapeutics
US6680203B2 (en)2000-07-102004-01-20Esperion Therapeutics, Inc.Fourier transform mass spectrometry of complex biological samples
US6758099B2 (en)2000-07-142004-07-06Transform Pharmaceuticals, Inc.System and method for optimizing tissue barrier transfer of compounds
WO2002006253A1 (en)2000-07-192002-01-24Novartis AgValsartan salts
US6511973B2 (en)2000-08-022003-01-28Bristol-Myers Squibb Co.Lactam inhibitors of FXa and method
US6635648B2 (en)2000-08-182003-10-21Queen's University At KingstonCombination therapy using sympathetic nervous system antagonists and endothelin antagonists
US6664230B1 (en)2000-08-242003-12-16The Regents Of The University Of CaliforniaOrally administered peptides to ameliorate atherosclerosis
US6521747B2 (en)2000-08-282003-02-18Genaissance Pharmaceuticals, Inc.Haplotypes of the AGTR1 gene
US6576644B2 (en)2000-09-062003-06-10Bristol-Myers Squibb Co.Quinoline inhibitors of cGMP phosphodiesterase
US6632180B1 (en)2000-09-072003-10-14John H. LaraghMethod for evaluating and treating hypertension
US6595926B1 (en)2000-09-072003-07-22John H. LaraghMethod for evaluating and treating hypertension
US6726920B1 (en)2000-09-222004-04-27Durect CorporationImplantable drug delivery patch
US6399625B1 (en)2000-09-272002-06-04Wyeth1-oxorapamycins
US6440991B1 (en)2000-10-022002-08-27WyethEthers of 7-desmethlrapamycin
US6399626B1 (en)2000-10-022002-06-04WyethHydroxyesters of 7-desmethylrapamycin
US6531297B2 (en)2000-10-202003-03-11Applera CorporationIsolated human drug-metabolizing proteins, nucleic acid molecules encoding human drug-metabolizing proteins, and uses thereof
US6706723B2 (en)2000-10-262004-03-16Pfizer, Inc.Pyrimidine-2,4,6-trione metalloproteinase inhibitors
US6635274B1 (en)2000-10-272003-10-21Biochemics, Inc.Solution-based transdermal drug delivery system
US6642252B2 (en)2000-11-072003-11-04Bristol-Myers Squibb CompanyAcid derivatives useful as serine protease inhibitors
US6713467B2 (en)2000-11-072004-03-30Bristol-Myers Squibb CompanyAcid derivatives useful as serine protease inhibitors
US6670380B2 (en)2000-11-202003-12-30Bristol-Myers Squibb Co.Pyridone inhibitors of fatty acid binding protein and method
US6730505B2 (en)2000-11-272004-05-04Applera CorporationIsolated human drug-metabolizing proteins, nucleic acid molecules encoding human drug-metabolizing proteins, and uses thereof
US6420150B1 (en)2000-11-272002-07-16Pe Corporation (Ny)Isolated human drug-metabolizing proteins, nucleic acid molecules encoding human drug-metabolizing proteins, and uses thereof
US6673802B2 (en)2000-12-012004-01-06Osi Pharmaceuticals, Inc.Compounds specific to adenosine A3 receptor and uses thereof
US6770663B2 (en)2000-12-292004-08-03Alteon, Inc.Method for treating fibrotic diseases or other indications utilizing thiazole, oxazole and imidazole compounds
US6596744B2 (en)2000-12-292003-07-22Alteon, Inc.Method for treating fibrotic diseases or other indications IIC
US6537992B2 (en)2001-01-052003-03-25John D. ParkerRegulation of organic nitrate tolerance
US6800668B1 (en)2001-01-192004-10-05Intellipharmaceutics Corp.Syntactic deformable foam compositions and methods for making
US6555542B1 (en)2001-01-302003-04-29Bristol-Myers Squibb CompanySulfonamide lactam inhibitors of FXa and method
US6683080B2 (en)2001-02-022004-01-27Pfizer Inc.Treatment of diabetes mellitus
US6730674B2 (en)2001-02-282004-05-04Pfizer IncSulfonyl pyridazinone compounds useful as aldose reductase inhibitors
US6713487B2 (en)2001-03-022004-03-30Bristol-Myers Squibb Co.Compounds useful as modulators of melanocortin receptors and pharmaceutical compositions comprising same
US6326498B1 (en)2001-03-132001-12-04Council Of Scientific And Industrial ResearchProcess for the synthesis of 5-(2-flurophenyl)-1H-tetrazole
US6538144B2 (en)2001-03-142003-03-25Aventis Pharma Deutschland GmbhP-thienylbenzylamides as agonists of angiotensin-(1-7) receptors, and methods of their preparation and use
US6784185B2 (en)2001-03-162004-08-31Pfizer Inc.Pharmaceutically active compounds
US6770645B2 (en)2001-03-162004-08-03Pfizer Inc.Pharmaceutically active compounds
US6642244B2 (en)2001-03-162003-11-04Bristol-Myers Squibb Co.Pyrazolopyridopyrimidine inhibitors of cGMP phosphodiesterase
US6383789B1 (en)2001-03-222002-05-07Pe Corporation (Ny)Isolated human UDP-glycosyltransferase, nucleic acid molecules encoding human UDP-glycosyltransferase, and uses thereof
US6713295B2 (en)2001-03-222004-03-30Applera CorporationIsolated human UDP-glycosyltransferase proteins
US6794387B2 (en)2001-03-282004-09-21Pfizer Inc.Pharmaceutically active compounds
US6660756B2 (en)2001-03-282003-12-09Pfizer Inc.N-phenpropylcyclopentyl-substituted glutaramide derivatives as inhibitors of neutral endopeptidase
US6579879B2 (en)2001-03-302003-06-17Pfizer IncPyridazinone aldose reductase inhibitors
US6774112B2 (en)2001-04-112004-08-10Bristol-Myers Squibb CompanyAmino acid complexes of C-aryl glucosides for treatment of diabetes and method
US6777443B2 (en)2001-05-152004-08-17Novartis AgDipeptide derivatives
US6596745B2 (en)2001-05-302003-07-22Alteon, Inc.Method for treating fibrotic diseases with azolium chroman compounds
US6592865B2 (en)2001-06-042003-07-15Human Genome Sciences, Inc.Methods and compositions for modulating ACE-2 activity
US6589938B2 (en)2001-06-292003-07-08National University Of SingaporeUse of angiotensin I derivatives as an agent for the treatment and prevention of infarction-related cardiac injuries and disorders
US6548519B1 (en)2001-07-062003-04-15Medicure International Inc.Pyridoxine and pyridoxal analogues: novel uses
US6645974B2 (en)2001-07-312003-11-11Merck & Co., Inc.Androgen receptor modulators and methods for use thereof
US6670386B2 (en)2001-07-312003-12-30Bristol-Myers Squibb CompanyBicyclic modulators of androgen receptor function
US6669955B2 (en)2001-08-282003-12-30Longwood Pharmaceutical Research, Inc.Combination dosage form containing individual dosage units of a cholesterol-lowering agent, an inhibitor of the renin-angiotensin system, and aspirin
US6576256B2 (en)2001-08-282003-06-10The Brigham And Women's Hospital, Inc.Treatment of patients at elevated cardiovascular risk with a combination of a cholesterol-lowering agent, an inhibitor of the renin-angiotensin system, and aspirin
US6433018B1 (en)2001-08-312002-08-13The Research Foundation Of State University Of New YorkMethod for reducing hypertrophy and ischemia
US6624138B1 (en)2001-09-272003-09-23Gp MedicalDrug-loaded biological material chemically treated with genipin
US6723340B2 (en)2001-10-252004-04-20Depomed, Inc.Optimal polymer mixtures for gastric retentive tablets
US6673815B2 (en)2001-11-062004-01-06Bristol-Myers Squibb CompanySubstituted acid derivatives useful as antidiabetic and antiobesity agents and method
US6649606B1 (en)2001-11-092003-11-18Bristol-Myers Squibb Co.Tetrahydroisoquinoline analogs as modulators of chemokine receptor activity
US6730689B2 (en)2001-12-042004-05-04Bristol-Myers Squibb CompanyN-[4-(1H-imidazol-1-yl)-2-fluorophenyl]-3-(trifluoromethyl)-1H-pyrazole-5-carboxamides as factor Xa inhibitors
WO2003066606A1 (en)2002-02-042003-08-14Novartis AgSalts of valsartan
US6730697B2 (en)2002-02-072004-05-04Aventis Pharma Deutschland GmbhDihydrothiaphenanthrenecarbonylguanidines: composition, process of making, and use as medicament or diagnostic aid
WO2003089417A1 (en)2002-04-152003-10-30Dr. Reddy's Laboratories LimitedNovel crystalline forms of (s)-n-(1-carboxy-2-methyl-prop-1-yl) -n-pentanoyl-n- [2’-(1h-tetrazol-5-yl-)- biphenyl-4-yl methyl] amine (valsartan)
US6747048B2 (en)2002-05-082004-06-08Bristol-Myers Squibb CompanyPyridine-based thyroid receptor ligands
WO2004083192A1 (en)2003-03-172004-09-30Teva Pharmaceutical Industries Ltd.Polymorphis of valsartan
WO2004087681A1 (en)2003-03-312004-10-14Hetero Drugs LimitedA novel amorphous form of valsartan
WO2009148990A1 (en)*2008-06-032009-12-10Novartis AgPulsatile release of valsartan
US7911813B2 (en)2008-07-212011-03-22System General Corp.Offline synchronous rectifying circuit with sense transistor for resonant switching power converter
WO2011144724A1 (en)*2010-05-212011-11-24Laboratorios Liconsa, S.A.A pharmaceutical controlled release composition of losartan

Non-Patent Citations (48)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
"Aqueous polymeric coatings for pharmaceutical dosage forms", 1989, MARCEL DEKKER
"Controlled Drug Delivery", 1987, MARCEL DEKKER
"European Pharmacopoeia", 2001
"New York: Advantage Communications"
"Pharmaceutical dosage forms: tablets", vol. 1, 1989, MARCEL DEKKKER
"Spray-drying of particles intended for inhalation by Kristina Mos'em", 2003, DANISH UNIVERSITY OF PHARMACEUTICAL SCIENCES
"The Merck Index", MERCK AND CO INC
"United States Pharmacopeia", 1999
"Vogel's Textbook of Practical Organic Chemistry", LONGMAN SCIENTIFIC & TECHNICAL
CANGIANO ET AL., J. PHARMACOL. EXP. THER., vol. 208, 1979, pages 310
CHEN ET AL.: "A Single-Center, Open-Label, 3-Way Crossover Trial to Determine the Pharmacokinetic and Pharmacodynamic Interaction Between Nebivolol and Valsartan in Healthy Volunteers at Steady State", AM J THER., vol. 22, 2015, pages el30 - 140
CHO ET AL.: "Pharmacokinetic and Pharmacodynamic Study Determines Factors Affecting Blood Pressure Response to Valsartan", J KOREAN SOC HYPERTENS., vol. 18, 2012, pages 88 - 96
CRISCIONE ET AL.: "Valsartan: Preclinical and Clinical Profile of an Antihypertensive Angiotensin-II Antagonist.", CARDIOVASC DRUG REV., vol. 1, 1995, pages 230 - 250
CZENDLIK ET AL.: "Pharmacokinetic and pharmacodynamic interaction of single doses of valsartan and atenolol.", EUR J CLIN PHARMACOL., vol. 52, 1997, pages 451 - 459, XP001128160, DOI: doi:10.1007/s002280050318
FEDERAL REGISTER NOTICES, vol. 62, no. 95, pages 27115 - 27122
FLESCH ET AL.: "Absolute bioavailability and pharmacokinetics of valsartan, an angiotensin II receptor antagonist, in man.", EUR J CLIN PHARMACOL., vol. 52, 1997, pages 115 - 120, XP009118960, DOI: doi:10.1007/s002280050259
G C COLE; J HOGAN: "Pharmaceutical coating technology", 1995, TAYLOR & FRANCIS
GEORG-WILHELM OETJEN: "Freeze-drying", 2004, WILEY-VCH
GLOSSMANN ET AL., J. BIOL. CHEM., vol. 249, 1974, pages 825
HEO ET AL.: "Quantitative model for the blood pressure-lowering interaction of valsartan and amlodipine", BR J CLIN PHARMACOL, vol. 82, 2016, pages 1557 - 1567
JANOS HOLLO: "The Applications of Molecular Distillation", 1971, ACADEMIAI KIADO
JOURNAL OF CHROMATOGRAPHY A, vol. 702, 1995, pages 97 - 112
K MASTERS: "Spray-drying handbook", 1991, LONGMAN SCIENTIFIC & TECHNICAL
KANIG, J.PHARM SCI, vol. 53, 1964, pages 188
KIM ET AL.: "Pharmacokinetic comparison of 2 fixed-dose combination tablets of amlodipine and valsartan in healthy male Korean volunteers: a randomized, open-label, 2-period, single-dose, crossover study.", CLIN THER, vol. 35, 2013, pages 934 - 490
KREUSCHNER ET AL., ACTA PHARM. TECH., vol. 23, 1980, pages 159
LEIDIG ET AL.: "Pharmacokinetics of Valsartan in Hypertensive Patients on Long-Term Haemodialysis", CLIN DRUG INVESTIG, vol. 21, 2001, pages 59 - 66
LIM ET AL.: "Angiotensin II type 1 receptor 1166A/C polymorphism in association with blood pressure response to exogenous angiotensin II.", EUR J CLIN PHARMACOL., vol. 63, 2007, pages 17 - 26, XP019472254, DOI: doi:10.1007/s00228-006-0228-6
LLOYD V ALLEN: "The art, science, and technology of pharmaceutical compounding", 2001, AMERICAN PHARMACEUTICAL ASSOCIATION
LOUIS REY; JOAN C. MAY: "Freeze-drying/lyophilisation of pharmaceutical and biological products", 1999, MARCEL DEKKER
M J RATHBONE; J HADGRAFT; M S ROBERTS: "Modified Release Drug Delivery Systems", 2003, MARCEL DEKKER
MICHAEL LEVIN: "Pharmaceutical Process Scale-Up", 2003, MARCEL DEKKER
MIILLER ET AL.: "Pharmacokinetics and pharmacodynamic effects of the angiotensin II antagonist valsartan at steady state in healthy, normotensive subjects", EUR. J. CLIN. PHARMACOL, vol. 52, 1997, pages 441 - 449
NAVEEN ET AL.: "Use of the liquisolid compact technique for improvement of the dissolution rate of valsartan", ACTA PHARMACEUTICA SINICA B, vol. 2, 2012, pages 502 - 508
OLIN BR.: "Drug Facts and Comparisons", 2002, JB LIPPINCOTT CO, pages: 514 - 518
P DEASY: "Microencapsulation and related drug processes", 1984, MARCEL DEKKER
PROC (BAYL UNIV MED CENT)., vol. 16, no. 1, January 2003 (2003-01-01), pages 123 - 126
RAUSOVA ET AL.: "Quantifying pharmacodynamic interaction between atenolol and valsartan.", CENT EUR J MED., vol. 9, 2014, pages 1 - 9, XP035309133, DOI: doi:10.2478/s11536-013-0252-8
REMINGTON: "The Science and Practice of Pharmacy", LIPPINCOTT, WILLIAMS, AND WILKINS
REMINGTON: "The Science and Practice of Pharmacy", LIPPINCOTT, WILLIAMS, AND WILKINS, pages: 278 - 9
REMINGTON: "The Science and Practice of Pharmacy", LIPPINCOTT, WILLIAMS, AND WILKINS, pages: 597
SERAJUDDIN ATM ET AL., PHARM RES, vol. 8, 1991, pages S103
SIDDIQUI ET AL.: "Pharmacological and Pharmaceutical Profile of Valsartan: A Review", J. APPLIED PHARM. SCI, vol. 1, 2011, pages 12 - 19
SPRAY-DRYING OF PHARMACEUTICALS FOR CONTROLLED RELEASE PULMONARY DRUG DELIVERY BY NOHA PATEL, 2000
TANNERGREN ET AL.: "Toward an Increased Understanding of the Barriers to Colonic Drug Absorption in Humans: Implications for Early Controlled Release Candidate Assessment.", MOL. PHARM, vol. 6, 2009, pages 60 - 73
USP, 2000, pages 1926
V RANADE; M A HOLLINGER: "Drug Delivery Systems", 2004, CRC PRESS
W HABIB ET AL., CRITICAL REVIEWS IN THERAPEUTIC DRUG CARRIER SYSTEMS, vol. 17, no. 1, 2000, pages 61 - 72

Cited By (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication numberPriority datePublication dateAssigneeTitle
CN111643461A (en)*2019-03-042020-09-11鲁南制药集团股份有限公司Tablet for treating hypertension and preparation method thereof
WO2022076746A1 (en)*2020-10-092022-04-14Scienture, Inc.Losartan liquid formulations and methods of use
US11890273B2 (en)2020-10-092024-02-06Scienture, Inc.Losartan liquid formulations and methods of use
US12156869B2 (en)2020-10-092024-12-03Scienture, Inc.Losartan liquid formulations and methods of use

Similar Documents

PublicationPublication DateTitle
US20230338372A1 (en)Immediate release pharmaceutical formulation of 4-[3-(4-cyclopropanecarbonyl-piperazine-1-carbonyl)-4-fluoro-benzyl]-2h-phthalazin-1-one
JP6934932B2 (en) Solid pharmaceutical composition of androgen receptor antagonist
JP7641320B2 (en) Solid dispersion comprising an sGC stimulant
AU2010205684B2 (en)Active coating of pharmaceutical dosage forms
JP6336420B2 (en) Pharmaceutical preparation containing nitrocatechol derivative and method for producing the same
JP2011513301A (en) Pharmaceutical composition for poorly soluble drugs
WO2008027600A2 (en)Imatinib compositions
CA2644179C (en)Novel pharmaceutical composition comprising a disintegration matrix
WO2013191668A1 (en)Compositions preventing hypertension comprising soluplus
WO2017168174A1 (en)New pharmaceutical forms of sildenafil
ES2377552T3 (en) Easily dissolved and stable compositions of candesartan cilexetil prepared with a wet granulation
JP2015013857A (en)Coated formulation
ES2351542T3 (en) PHARMACEUTICAL COMPOSITION INCLUDING CANDESARTAN CILEXETILO.
WO2013114389A1 (en)Process for preparing solid oral formulations comprising low dose of entecavir
WO2018002673A1 (en)Novel formulations of angiotensin ii receptor antagonists
TR201900350T4 (en) A pharmaceutical composition containing candesartan cilexetil and amlodipine.
CN109153701A (en)The crystalline polymorphs of 15 beta-hydroxies-Osaterone acetate
JP2013014547A (en)Composition obtained by stabilizing candesartan cilexetil and method for producing the same
KR101823071B1 (en)Process for preparing telmisartan-containing tablets
KR101008540B1 (en) Slow release cilostazol tablets with improved dissolution rate and minimal side effects
Han et al.Preparation, optimization and in vitro–in vivo investigation for capsules of the choline salt of febuxostat
WO2021074808A1 (en)Pharmaceutical composition comprising sacubitril and valsartan and process for preparation thereof
JP6883401B2 (en) Azilsartan-containing tablets and methods for stabilizing azilsartan in tablets
TW201016217A (en)Galenical formulations of organic compounds
KR20090094287A (en)Pharmaceutical composition having improved dissolution property

Legal Events

DateCodeTitleDescription
121Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number:17737354

Country of ref document:EP

Kind code of ref document:A1

NENPNon-entry into the national phase

Ref country code:DE

122Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number:17737354

Country of ref document:EP

Kind code of ref document:A1


[8]ページ先頭

©2009-2025 Movatter.jp